Hello!

Did you know that logged in users can see a lot more content?

Fixes in Tekla Structures 2017

This page allows you to see the cumulative fixes up to the latest service pack. See the main release notes for Tekla Structures 2017 for information on new features and other major improvements.

Click the issue numbers to check which release(s) include the fix. You can also refer to the individual release notes for each release to check the included content.

Filters
Defect number Development areasort descending Description
131551 Concrete components

The Wallplate that represents a structure such as a wall or roof panel

In Tekla Structures, a panel is created by picking two or more points.

In cast-in-place concrete the term wall refers to a concept similar to panel.

layout
component has been changed to make an extra update for some additional sub-components applied to parts created/updated by Wall layout. The extra update is made for such sub-components which are truly dependent on the assembly hierarchyarrangement of assemblies that describes the manufacture and erecting of the actual assembly to be built

, not just the geometry of the part.
Currently there are three such sub-components: Braced girder, Embedded anchors (8) and Lifting anchor (80), which require an update after the assembly hierarchy has been completed. Earlier, an extra manual modify was required to get the result of the component to be updated properly.

128569 Concrete components

In Beam reinforcement (63), Bar end cover now works correctly for beams that have an L-profile.

131037 Concrete components

In Concrete beam-beam (112), non-concrete parts can be now removed from the assembly.

TSAC-800 Concrete components

In Wallplate that represents a structure such as a wall or roof panel

In Tekla Structures, a panel is created by picking two or more points.

In cast-in-place concrete the term wall refers to a concept similar to panel.

layout
, you can now again create a layer as a single part without any seams.

TSAC-1324 Concrete components

In Wallplate that represents a structure such as a wall or roof panel

In Tekla Structures, a panel is created by picking two or more points.

In cast-in-place concrete the term wall refers to a concept similar to panel.

layout
, openings are now created in a wall layout that has a surface layer as the last layer.

128523 Concrete components

In Meshreinforcement that represents a mesh of steel bars in two perpendicular directions

In Tekla Structures, the reinforcement mesh bars in one direction are called main bars and reinforcement mesh bars perpendicular to them are called crossing bars.

bars by area
, when modifying the polygon area around cuts, the bars are again cut correctly.

127941 Concrete components

In Pad footingfooting that supports a single point of contact

Pad footing usually supports one column.

reinforcement (77)
, the rebar length is now correct when creating straight rebars.

129334 Concrete components

In Holesmall hollow open throughout a part or assembly that is usually used for fastening parts with bolts or other such objects

Hole is created in the same way as bolts and hole properties are defined in the bolt properties.

generation (32)
, you can now select an extra direction for rotation in any coordinate system.

127879 Concrete components

In Stub connection (119), it is now possible to define the top and bottom offset of the top and bottom plates.

TSAC-1300 Concrete components

Wallplate that represents a structure such as a wall or roof panel

In Tekla Structures, a panel is created by picking two or more points.

In cast-in-place concrete the term wall refers to a concept similar to panel.

layout seam
now works properly when adding seams to a wall layout that has a surface layer. Previously, seams were not added correctly if the surface layer was the last layer in the wall layout.

TSAC-817 Concrete components

In Meshreinforcement that represents a mesh of steel bars in two perpendicular directions

In Tekla Structures, the reinforcement mesh bars in one direction are called main bars and reinforcement mesh bars perpendicular to them are called crossing bars.

bars
, the mesh is now created correctly regardless of the complexity of its polygon.

131669 Concrete components

In Reinforced concrete(1) cast unit type where the concrete is formed, poured, and cured in its final position

(2) concrete structure which contains reinforcement designed on the assumption that the concrete and reinforcement act together in resisting forces

(2) Reinforcement in reinforced concrete is usually steel bars, wires, or welded wire fabric. It may also be structural fiber of some other material.

(2) In Tekla Structures, reinforced concrete is modeled with reinforcement objects.

stair (95)
, the radius value for the bottom end and top end rebars is now applied correctly on the Landings end bars tab.

TSAC-629 Concrete components

In Wallplate that represents a structure such as a wall or roof panel

In Tekla Structures, a panel is created by picking two or more points.

In cast-in-place concrete the term wall refers to a concept similar to panel.

layout
, the minimum wall layout length is now 25 mm. Earlier, the minimum length was 100 mm.

124872 Concrete components

In Meshreinforcement that represents a mesh of steel bars in two perpendicular directions

In Tekla Structures, the reinforcement mesh bars in one direction are called main bars and reinforcement mesh bars perpendicular to them are called crossing bars.

bars
, tapered group is now used only when needed. Previously, when the bars were spliced the group type was always set to tapered.

130750 Concrete components

In Reinforced concrete(1) cast unit type where the concrete is formed, poured, and cured in its final position

(2) concrete structure which contains reinforcement designed on the assumption that the concrete and reinforcement act together in resisting forces

(2) Reinforcement in reinforced concrete is usually steel bars, wires, or welded wire fabric. It may also be structural fiber of some other material.

(2) In Tekla Structures, reinforced concrete is modeled with reinforcement objects.

stair (95)
, horizontal ridges are now cut in the corner by a vertical line determined by the vertical ridge slope.

129561 Concrete components

In Reinforcement meshreinforcement that represents a mesh of steel bars in two perpendicular directions

In Tekla Structures, the reinforcement mesh bars in one direction are called main bars and reinforcement mesh bars perpendicular to them are called crossing bars.

array in area (89)
and Reinforcement meshreinforcement that represents a mesh of steel bars in two perpendicular directions

In Tekla Structures, the reinforcement mesh bars in one direction are called main bars and reinforcement mesh bars perpendicular to them are called crossing bars.

array (91)
, there is now a new option, Mesh spacing type, on the Picture tab. You can now set the spacing type to Exact number. Use Exact number when the mesh has a specified number of spacings, like 1*100, in mesh_database.inp.

TSAC-674 Concrete components

In Wallplate that represents a structure such as a wall or roof panel

In Tekla Structures, a panel is created by picking two or more points.

In cast-in-place concrete the term wall refers to a concept similar to panel.

panel reinforcement
, when creating a single layer of reinforcement, the C1 cover thickness setting does not affect the offset anymore.

128524 Concrete components

In Meshreinforcement that represents a mesh of steel bars in two perpendicular directions

In Tekla Structures, the reinforcement mesh bars in one direction are called main bars and reinforcement mesh bars perpendicular to them are called crossing bars.

bars by area
, bars are again created only to the area defined by the polygon input.

128400 Concrete components

In Concrete stairs (65), modifying the step inner chamfer radius now works correctly.

TSAC-1407 Concrete components

Previously, Floor layout was cutting the smaller last slabplate that represents a concrete structure

In Tekla Structures, a slab is created by picking three or more points.

Slab may be part of a floor, for example.

and did not set the width of the profile even if you gave the placeholder [W]. This has now been fixed. In addition, the handling of the allowed widths (in FloorLayout.ini) has been changed so that it is possible to give the profile name with [W] to control the allowed widths for parametric profiles.

TSAC-1639 Concrete components

In Concrete console (111), the console is now correctly created when there is another component placed on the same level.

112547 Concrete components

Rebar end trimming has been changed so that now it is possible to modify the end covers of rebars that have end anchors created with Rebar end anchor.

The Rebar end trimming dialog box now has two tabs: Rebar coupler and Rebar end anchor.
On the new Rebar end anchor tab, you can define the end cover thickness and anchor offset gapany space between two objects

The term gap is used in its general sense in Tekla Structures.

at the bar end.
By selecting Yes in the Get free gap from auto attribute file option, you can control the anchor offset with the attribute tables (.anchor.csv) in column AnchorOffset. Give the bar size specific values at each row.

If the anchor offset is not defined, the default value is the same as the anchor offset defined in the Rebar end anchor component.

132245 Concrete components

In Floor layout and Wallplate that represents a structure such as a wall or roof panel

In Tekla Structures, a panel is created by picking two or more points.

In cast-in-place concrete the term wall refers to a concept similar to panel.

layout
, picking the points to create the floor layout or wall layout has been changed so that the floor or wall length is never rounded anymore when there is an exact snap pointpoint to which Tekla Structures snaps

. Previously, snapping to a gridmodeling aid that represents a three-dimensional complex of horizontal and vertical planes

In Tekla Structures, grids are used as an aid in locating objects in a model. The grid is shown on the view plane by dash-and-dot lines. It is also possible to show grids and grid line labels in drawings, and to modify grid properties in the drawings.

It is possible to have more than one grid in a model. For example, a large-scale grid for the entire structure, and smaller grids for some detailed sections.

point was overridden if the Ortho tool was in use.

TSAC-934 Concrete components

Wallplate that represents a structure such as a wall or roof panel

In Tekla Structures, a panel is created by picking two or more points.

In cast-in-place concrete the term wall refers to a concept similar to panel.

layout layer swapping has been changed so that the actual swapping (of properties and UDAobject property created by the user in order to widen the range of predefined object properties

User-defined attributes are used when the predefined object properties are not sufficient but more properties are needed. For example, comment, locked, and erection status are user-defined attributes.

values) is made before any wall part creation. This way there is no extra modify action and numberingprocess of assigning position numbers to parts, cast units, assemblies, or reinforcement

In Tekla Structures, the position numbers assigned in the numbering are shown in marks and templates, for example.

does not need to be reset during any wall layout modify operation.

126663 Concrete components

In Anchor (10), the ID of the connection plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

is not changed anymore when the connection is modified.

131558 Concrete components

In Reinforced concrete(1) cast unit type where the concrete is formed, poured, and cured in its final position

(2) concrete structure which contains reinforcement designed on the assumption that the concrete and reinforcement act together in resisting forces

(2) Reinforcement in reinforced concrete is usually steel bars, wires, or welded wire fabric. It may also be structural fiber of some other material.

(2) In Tekla Structures, reinforced concrete is modeled with reinforcement objects.

stair (95)
, there is now a new option on the Meshreinforcement that represents a mesh of steel bars in two perpendicular directions

In Tekla Structures, the reinforcement mesh bars in one direction are called main bars and reinforcement mesh bars perpendicular to them are called crossing bars.

attributes
tab for cutting the meshes.

129506 Concrete components

Double wallplate that represents a structure such as a wall or roof panel

In Tekla Structures, a panel is created by picking two or more points.

In cast-in-place concrete the term wall refers to a concept similar to panel.

edge and opening reinforcement
now works correctly when the other shell is added as a sub-assemblyassembly in a nested assembly that is subordinate to a parent assembly

.

TSAC-833 Concrete components

In Wallplate that represents a structure such as a wall or roof panel

In Tekla Structures, a panel is created by picking two or more points.

In cast-in-place concrete the term wall refers to a concept similar to panel.

layout
, the wall geometry can now be modified normally even if some of the openings are not created for the first layer.

TSAC-1248 Concrete components

Wallplate that represents a structure such as a wall or roof panel

In Tekla Structures, a panel is created by picking two or more points.

In cast-in-place concrete the term wall refers to a concept similar to panel.

layout elementation
now splits wall layout elements when using the tool twice, first in the vertical direction and then in the horizontal direction, or the other way round.

TSAC-1741 Concrete components

In Lifting anchor (80), the anchors are now created correctly when rotated perpendicular to the part.

128407 Concrete components

In Rectangular column reinforcement (83), intermediate links do not clash with side bars anymore.

132120 Concrete components

In Rectangular column reinforcement (83), when creating cranked rebars, you can now define the length separately for the side bars and corner bars on the Bar ends tab.

128068 Concrete components

In Concrete console (110), the angle cut is now correct when the beam is created using offsets.

131323 Concrete components

In Wallplate that represents a structure such as a wall or roof panel

In Tekla Structures, a panel is created by picking two or more points.

In cast-in-place concrete the term wall refers to a concept similar to panel.

layout elementation
, the option to Avoid openings now works correctly. Earlier, the openings were always avoided, in other words, seams were never created at openings no matter which one of the options was selected.

131286 Concrete components

In Corbels and recesses (82), the Position in plane offsets are now correctly applied when creating corbels in the start or end plane of the part.

131760 Concrete components

In Concrete console (110), the neoprene is now correctly positioned when the secondary part(1) part that exists in a building object and that is connected to the main part

(1) Secondary part can be an assembly secondary part or a cast unit secondary part.

(2) input part that the user selects after selecting the component main part when creating a component

(2) A component can have none, one or more component secondary parts.

is sloped.

131262 Concrete components

In Lifting anchor (80), recess cuts now only cut parts whose material type is concrete or miscellaneous. Also, you can now create eccentric recess cuts.

TSAC-1804 Concrete components

In Reinforced concrete(1) cast unit type where the concrete is formed, poured, and cured in its final position

(2) concrete structure which contains reinforcement designed on the assumption that the concrete and reinforcement act together in resisting forces

(2) Reinforcement in reinforced concrete is usually steel bars, wires, or welded wire fabric. It may also be structural fiber of some other material.

(2) In Tekla Structures, reinforced concrete is modeled with reinforcement objects.

stair (95)
, at the bending of the top and bottom landings, the number of rebars created is now correct.

TSAC-793 Concrete components

In Wallplate that represents a structure such as a wall or roof panel

In Tekla Structures, a panel is created by picking two or more points.

In cast-in-place concrete the term wall refers to a concept similar to panel.

panel reinforcement
, U reinforcing barreinforcement that represents a steel bar used to reinforce a concrete structure

The steel bars are usually ribbed and they are used to increase the tensile strength of concrete.

length now works properly.

TSAC-791 Concrete components

Wallplate that represents a structure such as a wall or roof panel

In Tekla Structures, a panel is created by picking two or more points.

In cast-in-place concrete the term wall refers to a concept similar to panel.

layout connector
now creates proper connections when the number of layers in a wall layout is more than 5, or when the parts at the corner are shorter than 1000 mm.

TSAC-1473 Concrete components

Concrete console (110): Cut around anchor rod is now correctly created when using HII profile as secondary part(1) part that exists in a building object and that is connected to the main part

(1) Secondary part can be an assembly secondary part or a cast unit secondary part.

(2) input part that the user selects after selecting the component main part when creating a component

(2) A component can have none, one or more component secondary parts.

.

TSAC-950 Concrete components

In Round column reinforcement (82), the main bars are now correctly distributed.

131145 Concrete components

In Meshreinforcement that represents a mesh of steel bars in two perpendicular directions

In Tekla Structures, the reinforcement mesh bars in one direction are called main bars and reinforcement mesh bars perpendicular to them are called crossing bars.

bars
, negative cover thickness values now work correctly.

TSAC-1678 Concrete components

In Concrete console (110), the bottom tube profile is now created correctly when using an HII profile as the secondary part(1) part that exists in a building object and that is connected to the main part

(1) Secondary part can be an assembly secondary part or a cast unit secondary part.

(2) input part that the user selects after selecting the component main part when creating a component

(2) A component can have none, one or more component secondary parts.

.

129103 Concrete components

In Meshreinforcement that represents a mesh of steel bars in two perpendicular directions

In Tekla Structures, the reinforcement mesh bars in one direction are called main bars and reinforcement mesh bars perpendicular to them are called crossing bars.

Bars
, the direct modificationfunction that activates the mode where the model objects can be modified by using handles

Direct modification enables additional handles and modification options.

arrow symbol now correctly follows the bar direction. Previously, when you modified the bar direction by dragging the arrow symbol handles, only the bar direction changed, but the arrow symbol returned to its original position.

131765 Concrete components

In Concrete console (110), there is now a new option on the Picture tab to cut the main column horizontally while the secondary part(1) part that exists in a building object and that is connected to the main part

(1) Secondary part can be an assembly secondary part or a cast unit secondary part.

(2) input part that the user selects after selecting the component main part when creating a component

(2) A component can have none, one or more component secondary parts.

is cut perpendicularly.

132301 Concrete components

In Floor layout, in a slabplate that represents a concrete structure

In Tekla Structures, a slab is created by picking three or more points.

Slab may be part of a floor, for example.

with a large opening in the center area of the slab, the minimum width of the neck on both sides of the slab is now checked no matter what end option (skewed / straight ) is selected. Earlier, the minimum width was not checked when both slab ends were set to skewed, with no need to check the end angles.

TSAC-663 Concrete components

In Round column reinforcement (82), the main bars are now cut when there is a cut in the concrete, for column shoe, for example.

TSAC-786 Concrete components

In Floor layout, when you now extend the floor layout boundary at the layout start edge, the existing gaps and seams do not move or change. Previously, the gaps and seams moved or changed whenever the seam gapany space between two objects

The term gap is used in its general sense in Tekla Structures.

was not zero and the boundary was enlarged at the start end.

TSAC-1261 Concrete components

In Meshreinforcement that represents a mesh of steel bars in two perpendicular directions

In Tekla Structures, the reinforcement mesh bars in one direction are called main bars and reinforcement mesh bars perpendicular to them are called crossing bars.

bars
, the bars are now created around all holes.

TSAC-1675 Concrete components

In Wallplate that represents a structure such as a wall or roof panel

In Tekla Structures, a panel is created by picking two or more points.

In cast-in-place concrete the term wall refers to a concept similar to panel.

panel reinforcement
, in some cases, the edge bars were not created if the edge contained a recess. This has now been fixed.

9384 Concrete components

In Corbelconcrete part representing a structure that projects from the face of a concrete part and that serves as a support for an overhanging part and connects the parts

connection (14)
, Seating with dowel (75), Two sided seating with dowel (76), Seating with dowel to flange (77), and Two sided seating with dowel to flange (78), you can now choose to create the dowel as a reinforcement bar, poly-profile, or custom componentcomponent that the user creates and uses for creating model objects whose composition the user can modify as a group

part.

In Two sided seating with dowel (76), the Right dowel settings are now dimmed correctly on the Dowel tab.

TSAC-1895 Concrete components

In Corbels and recesses (82), when using the option to take cuts into account, the corbels are now correctly added to the main part(1) part that exists in a building object and that determines the position number for the assembly or cast unit and the direction of assembly or cast unit drawings

(1) Main part can be an assembly main part or a cast unit main part.

(2) input part that the user selects first when creating a component

(2) Connections and details always have a component main part.

.

123031 Concrete components

Electric box in wallplate that represents a structure such as a wall or roof panel

In Tekla Structures, a panel is created by picking two or more points.

In cast-in-place concrete the term wall refers to a concept similar to panel.

(84)
now applies direction and rotation of custom componentcomponent that the user creates and uses for creating model objects whose composition the user can modify as a group

parts correctly. Previously, the custom component for the bottom connection was not correctly created, and when a custom component was created at a bend, then both (top and bottom) connections were created incorrectly.

129266 Concrete components

In Reinforced concrete(1) cast unit type where the concrete is formed, poured, and cured in its final position

(2) concrete structure which contains reinforcement designed on the assumption that the concrete and reinforcement act together in resisting forces

(2) Reinforcement in reinforced concrete is usually steel bars, wires, or welded wire fabric. It may also be structural fiber of some other material.

(2) In Tekla Structures, reinforced concrete is modeled with reinforcement objects.

stair (95)
, chamfers are now correctly changed when modified.

128736 Concrete components

In Sandwich wallplate that represents a structure such as a wall or roof panel

In Tekla Structures, a panel is created by picking two or more points.

In cast-in-place concrete the term wall refers to a concept similar to panel.

window
, cuts are now created correctly in the corners.

TSAC-773 Concrete components

In Detailing manager, there are several improvements in rule tab handling.
Double-click a rule tab to:

  • Rename the rule tab. Previously, you right-clicked the tab to rename it.
  • Clear the information on the tab.
  • Close other tabs than the selected tab.
  • Close all tabs, including the first tab. Closing all tabs gives you a new empty first tab.
TSAC-662 Concrete components

You can now have 25 rule tabs in Detailing manager.

TSAC-1930 Concrete components

In Embedded anchors (8), welds between the custom components and the main part(1) part that exists in a building object and that determines the position number for the assembly or cast unit and the direction of assembly or cast unit drawings

(1) Main part can be an assembly main part or a cast unit main part.

(2) input part that the user selects first when creating a component

(2) Connections and details always have a component main part.

are now correctly created.

132507 Concrete components

In Embedded anchors (8), you can now create the thickening part as a composite of 3 beams, defined by a polygon.

TSAC-658 Concrete components

In Wallplate that represents a structure such as a wall or roof panel

In Tekla Structures, a panel is created by picking two or more points.

In cast-in-place concrete the term wall refers to a concept similar to panel.

layout
, the following fixes have been made:

  • The wall geometry is now calculated correctly when there are two openings that touch or overlap.
  • The opening detailing componentcomponent for creating and assembling component objects for building a structure

    The term modeling tool is used in Tekla Structures until version 21.1.

    is now applied only for the main layer. Previously, it was applied separately for each layer part.
TSAC-1530 Concrete components

Wallplate that represents a structure such as a wall or roof panel

In Tekla Structures, a panel is created by picking two or more points.

In cast-in-place concrete the term wall refers to a concept similar to panel.

layout
has been changed so that an opening which is not created for all layers is not taken into account when the layout is divided (by seams) into individual walls.

TSAC-1827 Concrete components

In Floor layout, break lines and detailing strips were deleted when using Tekla Model Sharingcloud service for collaboration and for storing and sharing a model

Tekla Model Sharing is one of the Tekla online services.

or when using the Repair model commands, as break lines and detailing strips did not create any objects in the model. Because of the missing break lines and/or detailing strips, the next modification of Floor layout created slabs without breaks and/or details. After this fix the break line and detailing strips create dummy construction lines and thus they will be preserved by Tekla Model Sharing and the Repair model commands.

120053 Concrete components

In Rectangular column reinforcement (83), you can now create stirrups as a spiral group.

130973 Concrete components

Wallplate that represents a structure such as a wall or roof panel

In Tekla Structures, a panel is created by picking two or more points.

In cast-in-place concrete the term wall refers to a concept similar to panel.

layout
has been changed to support encoding when reading the WallLayout.Udas.dat file, and thus any non-ascii characters are now read and shown in the user interface properly.

TSAC-1878 Concrete components

In Braced girder (88) and Braced girder (89), the positions in plane and in depth are now correctly applied when creating the braced girder as a profile.

129068 Concrete components

In Reinforced concrete(1) cast unit type where the concrete is formed, poured, and cured in its final position

(2) concrete structure which contains reinforcement designed on the assumption that the concrete and reinforcement act together in resisting forces

(2) Reinforcement in reinforced concrete is usually steel bars, wires, or welded wire fabric. It may also be structural fiber of some other material.

(2) In Tekla Structures, reinforced concrete is modeled with reinforcement objects.

stair (95)
, when stringers are not created, the options for defining the stringers are now dimmed.

TSAC-772 Concrete components

Wallplate that represents a structure such as a wall or roof panel

In Tekla Structures, a panel is created by picking two or more points.

In cast-in-place concrete the term wall refers to a concept similar to panel.

layout
has been changed so that the original subassembly prefix/start numberfirst number of a numbering series

is restored whenever some of the layer swappers is removed.

128548 Concrete components

In Wallplate that represents a structure such as a wall or roof panel

In Tekla Structures, a panel is created by picking two or more points.

In cast-in-place concrete the term wall refers to a concept similar to panel.

panel reinforcement
, all reinforcing bars are now correctly attached to the cast unit.

125141 Concrete components

In Floor layout, the seam gapany space between two objects

The term gap is used in its general sense in Tekla Structures.

dimension modification has been fixed so that the correct gap is modified. Earlier, the previous gap before the actual seam was always modified.

In addition, the handling of the seam gap now works better so that in practice it is possible to change the default seam gap also when one or more of the gaps has some other value than the default. Earlier, some (that is, all gaps “before” the last special gap) were not modified to match with the new default gap.

130120 Concrete components

In Meshreinforcement that represents a mesh of steel bars in two perpendicular directions

In Tekla Structures, the reinforcement mesh bars in one direction are called main bars and reinforcement mesh bars perpendicular to them are called crossing bars.

bars
, the mesh dimensions are now reported correctly, and they are correctly shown in the model.

131487 Concrete components

Wallplate that represents a structure such as a wall or roof panel

In Tekla Structures, a panel is created by picking two or more points.

In cast-in-place concrete the term wall refers to a concept similar to panel.

layout
has been changed so that when the layout has a detailed opening and any layer which is not added to the main cast unit, a normal polygon cutcut that is defined by a polygon

(without any detailing componentcomponent for creating and assembling component objects for building a structure

The term modeling tool is used in Tekla Structures until version 21.1.

) is created to this layer (part).

130381 Concrete components

Wallplate that represents a structure such as a wall or roof panel

In Tekla Structures, a panel is created by picking two or more points.

In cast-in-place concrete the term wall refers to a concept similar to panel.

layout connector
has been changed to create connections properly also when there are short walls in the wall layout corner.

TSAC-1695 Concrete components

In Detailing manager, you can now use Strip footingfooting that supports several points of contact or a region of points of contact

Strip footing supports a length of wall or a line of closely spaced columns, for example.

In Tekla Structures, strip footing has a polygon shape that the user defines by picking points.

reinforcement (75)
to detail a structure. Previously, Strip footing reinforcement (75) was not added to the Component box in the rules when you tried to add it.

128069 Concrete components

In Concrete beam-beam (112), the Parameters tab now has an option for perpendicular cuts on the underside of the beam.

119699 Concrete components

In Concrete stairs (65), there was previously a solid error when the bottom stair length was smaller than 41 mm. This has now been fixed.

130524 Concrete components

Previously, anti-skid profiles created in Concrete stairs (65) were not included in IFCfile format commonly used in BIM that facilitates software interoperability

IFC is an open specification developed by the IAI (International Alliance for Interoperability).

Model can be exported into an IFC file.

export. This has now been fixed.

TSAC-711 Concrete components

In Embedded anchors (8), rebars are now taken into account when calculating the total weight of the cast unit.

TSAC-856 Concrete components

Detailing manager now uses Pad footingfooting that supports a single point of contact

Pad footing usually supports one column.

reinforcement (77)
when selected in the Detailing manager dialog box.

128067 Concrete components

In Concrete console (110), when defining on the Picture tab how the shape of the secondary beam is modified, you can now select to cut the column perpendicular to the secondary beam.

128824 Concrete components

In Reinforced concrete(1) cast unit type where the concrete is formed, poured, and cured in its final position

(2) concrete structure which contains reinforcement designed on the assumption that the concrete and reinforcement act together in resisting forces

(2) Reinforcement in reinforced concrete is usually steel bars, wires, or welded wire fabric. It may also be structural fiber of some other material.

(2) In Tekla Structures, reinforced concrete is modeled with reinforcement objects.

stair (95)
, the default stringer material is now Concrete_Undefined.

114418 Concrete components

In Reinforced concrete(1) cast unit type where the concrete is formed, poured, and cured in its final position

(2) concrete structure which contains reinforcement designed on the assumption that the concrete and reinforcement act together in resisting forces

(2) Reinforcement in reinforced concrete is usually steel bars, wires, or welded wire fabric. It may also be structural fiber of some other material.

(2) In Tekla Structures, reinforced concrete is modeled with reinforcement objects.

stair (95)
, you can now define an additional step chamfer on the Parts tab.

TSAC-1184 Concrete components

Wallplate that represents a structure such as a wall or roof panel

In Tekla Structures, a panel is created by picking two or more points.

In cast-in-place concrete the term wall refers to a concept similar to panel.

layout
has been modified to properly handle elementation in cases where the seam is intersecting only other seams, but not any of the edges of the original boundary. In addition, the elementation can handle cases where the opening edges intersect the original boundary.

130133 Concrete components

In Meshreinforcement that represents a mesh of steel bars in two perpendicular directions

In Tekla Structures, the reinforcement mesh bars in one direction are called main bars and reinforcement mesh bars perpendicular to them are called crossing bars.

bars
, the maximum length of rebars is now unlimited.

130419 Concrete components

In Rectangular column reinforcement (83), the intermediate links are now created correctly.

126938 Concrete components

In Embedded anchors (8), the default grade of reinforcing bars is now set to Undefined.

TSAC-1643 Concrete components

Concrete console (110) now works correctly when the main part(1) part that exists in a building object and that determines the position number for the assembly or cast unit and the direction of assembly or cast unit drawings

(1) Main part can be an assembly main part or a cast unit main part.

(2) input part that the user selects first when creating a component

(2) Connections and details always have a component main part.

is cut above the component.

128095 Concrete components

Hollowcore reinforcement strands (60) does not crash anymore when used as a subcomponent in Floor layout which is edited using direct modificationfunction that activates the mode where the model objects can be modified by using handles

Direct modification enables additional handles and modification options.

.

122145 Concrete components

Wallplate that represents a structure such as a wall or roof panel

In Tekla Structures, a panel is created by picking two or more points.

In cast-in-place concrete the term wall refers to a concept similar to panel.

to wall connection
has been changed to work correctly when the wall is shorter than 4 times the thickness.

128788 Concrete components

In Reinforced concrete(1) cast unit type where the concrete is formed, poured, and cured in its final position

(2) concrete structure which contains reinforcement designed on the assumption that the concrete and reinforcement act together in resisting forces

(2) Reinforcement in reinforced concrete is usually steel bars, wires, or welded wire fabric. It may also be structural fiber of some other material.

(2) In Tekla Structures, reinforced concrete is modeled with reinforcement objects.

stair (95)
, it is now possible to set the bending of the reinforcement on the Bar E tab.

TSAC-689 Concrete components

In Meshreinforcement that represents a mesh of steel bars in two perpendicular directions

In Tekla Structures, the reinforcement mesh bars in one direction are called main bars and reinforcement mesh bars perpendicular to them are called crossing bars.

bars by area
, changing the value of the Up directionconnection or detail property that indicates how the created connection is rotated around the component secondary part, or the created detail around the component main part, relative to the current work plane

The up direction options are +x, -x, +y, -y, +z, -z, and auto.

option no longer causes an incorrect number of rebars to be created.

TSAC-2771, TSAC-2769 Concrete components

In Floor layout, the component attribute file list is now properly shown for all components. Previously, it was not properly shown for Meshreinforcement that represents a mesh of steel bars in two perpendicular directions

In Tekla Structures, the reinforcement mesh bars in one direction are called main bars and reinforcement mesh bars perpendicular to them are called crossing bars.

bars
, for example.

130222 Concrete components

In Meshreinforcement that represents a mesh of steel bars in two perpendicular directions

In Tekla Structures, the reinforcement mesh bars in one direction are called main bars and reinforcement mesh bars perpendicular to them are called crossing bars.

bars
, the reported mesh dimensions now take cuts into account.

131456 Concrete components

In Embedded anchors (8), when the Assembly without steel parts option is selected on the Placement tab, the component now correctly scans the assembly without steel parts.

TSAC-2134 Concrete components

Lifting anchor (80) now works correctly for elements created from concrete and miscellaneous materials.

126798 Concrete components

In Wallplate that represents a structure such as a wall or roof panel

In Tekla Structures, a panel is created by picking two or more points.

In cast-in-place concrete the term wall refers to a concept similar to panel.

groove seam detail
, the groove edge dimension handling and the list of groove edge shapes now work correctly.

130967 Concrete components

In Lifting anchor (80), the lifting anchor is now attached to the correct concrete part.

131864 Concrete components

When you set the Top in form face (FixedMainView) UDAobject property created by the user in order to widen the range of predefined object properties

User-defined attributes are used when the predefined object properties are not sufficient but more properties are needed. For example, comment, locked, and erection status are user-defined attributes.

in Wallplate that represents a structure such as a wall or roof panel

In Tekla Structures, a panel is created by picking two or more points.

In cast-in-place concrete the term wall refers to a concept similar to panel.

layout
on the UDA tab, Wall layout swapper now swaps the Back / Front values of the swapped wall parts. Otherwise, the value Back is set for all wall parts, as before.

TSAC-1667 Concrete components

In Concrete console (110), anchor rods are now correctly placed when the secondary part(1) part that exists in a building object and that is connected to the main part

(1) Secondary part can be an assembly secondary part or a cast unit secondary part.

(2) input part that the user selects after selecting the component main part when creating a component

(2) A component can have none, one or more component secondary parts.

is not placed in line with the main part(1) part that exists in a building object and that determines the position number for the assembly or cast unit and the direction of assembly or cast unit drawings

(1) Main part can be an assembly main part or a cast unit main part.

(2) input part that the user selects first when creating a component

(2) Connections and details always have a component main part.

.

128498 Concrete components

In Embedded anchors (8), the bending radius of rebar A and rebar B now works correctly.

128786 Concrete components

In Reinforced concrete(1) cast unit type where the concrete is formed, poured, and cured in its final position

(2) concrete structure which contains reinforcement designed on the assumption that the concrete and reinforcement act together in resisting forces

(2) Reinforcement in reinforced concrete is usually steel bars, wires, or welded wire fabric. It may also be structural fiber of some other material.

(2) In Tekla Structures, reinforced concrete is modeled with reinforcement objects.

stair (95)
, there is now a new bar H geometry option on the Bar H tab.

131214 Concrete components

In Floor layout, the actual width of the last slabplate that represents a concrete structure

In Tekla Structures, a slab is created by picking three or more points.

Slab may be part of a floor, for example.

was previously changing (increased with half seam gapany space between two objects

The term gap is used in its general sense in Tekla Structures.

) when it was moved by dragging it to some other location. This only happened when the default gap between the slabs was not zero (0 mm). This has now been fixed.

TSAC-2410 Concrete components

Seam applicator now again loads custom componentcomponent that the user creates and uses for creating model objects whose composition the user can modify as a group

seams.

126882 Concrete components

In Sloping slabplate that represents a concrete structure

In Tekla Structures, a slab is created by picking three or more points.

Slab may be part of a floor, for example.

drainage
, you can now set the Cast unit typeproperty of a concrete part in a cast unit that defines if the structure type of the part is precast or cast in place

to either Cast in place or Precast.

114030 Concrete components

In Floor layout, the new Default offsets tab contains the default offsets for each layer. These default offsets will be used whenever a specific value is not given for the edge.

121999 Concrete components

Wallplate that represents a structure such as a wall or roof panel

In Tekla Structures, a panel is created by picking two or more points.

In cast-in-place concrete the term wall refers to a concept similar to panel.

layout
has been changed so that seams crossing the openings now split the wall panels into two separate panels or cast units.

128646 Concrete components

In Border rebar (92) and Border rebar for single edge (93), when you do not define the rebar part prefix in the Serie option on the Advanced tab, the prefix is now empty in the rebar properties.

120780 Concrete components

In Holesmall hollow open throughout a part or assembly that is usually used for fastening parts with bolts or other such objects

Hole is created in the same way as bolts and hole properties are defined in the bolt properties.

generation (32)
, modifying the component by adding roundings to hole corners now works correctly.

131036 Concrete components

In Concrete console (110), the neoprene is now created in the correct position when the console is not created.

130940 Concrete components

In Meshreinforcement that represents a mesh of steel bars in two perpendicular directions

In Tekla Structures, the reinforcement mesh bars in one direction are called main bars and reinforcement mesh bars perpendicular to them are called crossing bars.

bars
, rebars are no longer created outside the selected part.

TSAC-1474 Concrete components

In Meshreinforcement that represents a mesh of steel bars in two perpendicular directions

In Tekla Structures, the reinforcement mesh bars in one direction are called main bars and reinforcement mesh bars perpendicular to them are called crossing bars.

bars
, the selection filters for cuts are now shown in the list on the Detailing tab.

126769 Concrete components

In Electric box in wallplate that represents a structure such as a wall or roof panel

In Tekla Structures, a panel is created by picking two or more points.

In cast-in-place concrete the term wall refers to a concept similar to panel.

(84)
, the top and bottom connection edge offsets are now used correctly in all situations.

128785 Concrete components

In Reinforced concrete(1) cast unit type where the concrete is formed, poured, and cured in its final position

(2) concrete structure which contains reinforcement designed on the assumption that the concrete and reinforcement act together in resisting forces

(2) Reinforcement in reinforced concrete is usually steel bars, wires, or welded wire fabric. It may also be structural fiber of some other material.

(2) In Tekla Structures, reinforced concrete is modeled with reinforcement objects.

stair (95)
, it is now possible to set the shape of the top reinforcement on the Bar D tab.

113536 Steel components

In Tower member macrosaved series of actions that includes instructions for a program

Macros are located in the applications and components catalog. They are recorded or created manually and stored as .cs file in a folder defined with the advanced option XS_MACRO_DIRECTORY.

Macros can, for example, be used for creating drawings or reports.

Macros are sometimes used to run an application.

(S63)
, imperial units are now shown correctly in the component properties dialog box.

91907 Steel components

Turnbuckle connection (126) now works correctly for parts with a small length.
In Turnbuckle bracing (S3), the bar length is now correct when using a tube gussetcomponent object that represents a plate that connects braces to a beam, column, or base plate

as the connection type.

54515 Steel components

In Clip anglecomponent object that represents a right angle that is made of a standard L-shaped profile and that connects parts

(141)
, a manual notchcut in one component object or input part for receiving another component object or input part

in the bottom flange no longer causes a cut in the top flange.

131147 Steel components

In Bolted gussetcomponent object that represents a plate that connects braces to a beam, column, or base plate

(11)
, it is now possible to set the bolting direction of Gusset bolts, Brace bolts 1-3, and Angle bolts.

113205 Steel components

In Bolted gussetcomponent object that represents a plate that connects braces to a beam, column, or base plate

(196)
, it is now possible to use sub-componentcomponent in a nested component that is subordinate to another component

Tube crossing (22) for round bar profiles.

131796 Steel components

In Web stiffened base platecomponent object that represents a plate welded to a column base

Base plates are used to distribute the concentrated load of the column over a wider area.

(1016)
, creating a holesmall hollow open throughout a part or assembly that is usually used for fastening parts with bolts or other such objects

Hole is created in the same way as bolts and hole properties are defined in the bolt properties.

in the washer no longer affects the upper horizontal stiffenercomponent object that represents a structure that strengthens a steel beam or column

Stiffeners are usually plates.

Stiffeners are used to prevent web buckling at supports or concentrated loads.

width.

83846 Steel components

Tube seatcomponent object that represents a structure upon which a component secondary part rests

(104)
now works correctly for rectangular profiles.

TSAC-103 Steel components

In Clip anglecomponent object that represents a right angle that is made of a standard L-shaped profile and that connects parts

(116)
, slotted holes are now created for all bolts.

TSAC-1305 Steel components

In Clip anglecomponent object that represents a right angle that is made of a standard L-shaped profile and that connects parts

(116)
and Two sided clip angle (117), the Thread in material option now works correctly for all bolts.

116146 Steel components

In Base platecomponent object that represents a plate welded to a column base

Base plates are used to distribute the concentrated load of the column over a wider area.

(1004)
, you can now use custom components for anchor rods.

118657 Steel components

In Pipe column and beam panel zone (21), the panel zone plates are given the appropriate plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

materials by default which are automatically converted from column type material to plate type material. Previously, column material was used. This works only in the Japan environment.

54587 Steel components

In Tube gussetcomponent object that represents a plate that connects braces to a beam, column, or base plate

(20)
, the end platecomponent object that represents a plate welded perpendicular to the end of the component secondary part

is now correctly created when the brace connection is notched around the nuts.

130763 Steel components

In LProf base detail (1020), it is now possible to define the bolting direction.

77334 Steel components

In Wraparound gussetcomponent object that represents a plate that connects braces to a beam, column, or base plate

(58)
, Wrapped cross (61), Gusseted cross (62) and Corner wrapped gusset (63), you can now control the brace flange bolts spacing from the heel of the angle or from the center of the brace.

TSAC-874 Steel components

In Column - 2 beam, you can now define the slotted holes, bolt assemblyset of bolt elements that consists of a bolt, a stud, or a screw, and possibly the related washers and nuts

and bolt length increase on the Bolts 1-2, Bolts 3 and Bolts 4 tabs.

TSAC-2230 Steel components

In Clip anglecomponent object that represents a right angle that is made of a standard L-shaped profile and that connects parts

(141)
, weld 5 between the stiffenercomponent object that represents a structure that strengthens a steel beam or column

Stiffeners are usually plates.

Stiffeners are used to prevent web buckling at supports or concentrated loads.

and the main part(1) part that exists in a building object and that determines the position number for the assembly or cast unit and the direction of assembly or cast unit drawings

(1) Main part can be an assembly main part or a cast unit main part.

(2) input part that the user selects first when creating a component

(2) Connections and details always have a component main part.

is now created correctly.

122435 Steel components

In Web stiffened base platecomponent object that represents a plate welded to a column base

Base plates are used to distribute the concentrated load of the column over a wider area.

(1016)
, setting the shear keycomponent object that represents a short steel part welded to the bottom of a base plate

offset no longer affects the position of horizontal stiffeners.

102321 Steel components

In Seating (39), the welds are now in the correct positions when column and beam webs are perpendicular to each other.

117705 Steel components

In Two sided end platecomponent object that represents a plate welded perpendicular to the end of the component secondary part

(142)
, the bolt vertical edge distances now work correctly when using safety connections.

129848 Steel components

In Column with stiffeners W (182), entering a value to the Delete bolts option on the Bolts tab added the value to the Finish property of stiffeners. This does not happen anymore. The Finish property is now always empty.

117862 Steel components

In Column tube seating (100), it is now possible to align the end platecomponent object that represents a plate welded perpendicular to the end of the component secondary part

with the secondary parts or with the main part(1) part that exists in a building object and that determines the position number for the assembly or cast unit and the direction of assembly or cast unit drawings

(1) Main part can be an assembly main part or a cast unit main part.

(2) input part that the user selects first when creating a component

(2) Connections and details always have a component main part.

on the Parts tab.

84567 Steel components

In Diagonal splice (53), the vertical offset of bolts is now correctly applied on all bolts.

130757 Steel components

In Wraparound gussetcomponent object that represents a plate that connects braces to a beam, column, or base plate

cross (60)
, the bolt length increase is now correctly applied on Gusset conn 1 bolts and Gusset conn 2 bolts.

130978 Steel components

In Haunchcomponent object that represents a wedge-like structure that strengthens a beam at its end

(40)
, you can now define the bolting direction on the Bolts tab.

TSAC-589 Steel components

Objects with polygon cuts can now be copied again using Radial array tool.

TSAC-1368 Steel components

Railing beam to plane (89) now works correctly with asymmetrical profiles.

TSAC-946 Steel components

In Welded beam to beam (123), the bottom flange notchcut in one component object or input part for receiving another component object or input part

size is now correctly applied.

115761 Steel components

In Column with shear plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

(131)
, the shear tabcomponent object that represents a plate welded to the component main part and bolted to the web of the component secondary part

is now parallel to the beam web, and there is no gapany space between two objects

The term gap is used in its general sense in Tekla Structures.

between the stiffenercomponent object that represents a structure that strengthens a steel beam or column

Stiffeners are usually plates.

Stiffeners are used to prevent web buckling at supports or concentrated loads.

and the column web.

104719 Steel components

In Splice connection (77), it is now possible to create external flange spacer plates when the rotation of beams is set to Top or Below in beam properties.

106280 Steel components

In Two sided clip anglecomponent object that represents a right angle that is made of a standard L-shaped profile and that connects parts

(143)
, it is now possible to define if the plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

washers are placed symmetrically or asymmetrically.

92492 Steel components

In Pipe column and beam panel zone (21), the calculation of diaphragm thickness has now been improved. It can take into account the flange thickness of all beams and the thickness of columns according to the Japanese standard.

106987 Steel components

In Wind column (5), parts are now created with the classpart property that groups parts according to identifiers given by the user

The identifiers of classes are usually numbers. Classes can be used for defining the color of parts in the model, for example. Class does not influence the numbering of model objects.

information defined on the General tab.

130795 Steel components

In Column splice (42), the web bolts are now positioned correctly.

132173 Steel components

In Tube splice (6), you can now control the creation of cuts in the end plates.

89996 Steel components

In Welded column with stiffeners (128), the bottom inner weld backing barcomponent object that represents a structure that facilitates the welding process

Weld backing bars are used, for example, to help contain the weld metal or suspend the structure.

is now correctly positioned.

TSAC-106 Steel components

In Bracing wrap around (46), the weld between the gussetcomponent object that represents a plate that connects braces to a beam, column, or base plate

and secondary part(1) part that exists in a building object and that is connected to the main part

(1) Secondary part can be an assembly secondary part or a cast unit secondary part.

(2) input part that the user selects after selecting the component main part when creating a component

(2) A component can have none, one or more component secondary parts.

is now not created when you define the size of the weld as 0.

TSAC-1307 Steel components

In Clip anglecomponent object that represents a right angle that is made of a standard L-shaped profile and that connects parts

(116)
, you can now define a name for the L profile.

TSAC-1874 Steel components

In Truss (S78), the Material property boxes in component properties did not work in the US Imperial environment. This has now been fixed.

TSAC-2563 Steel components

In Brace corner tubes & Pl (44), parts no longer get new a ID when modifying the component.

124622 Steel components

In Circular base plates (1052), you can now use custom componentcomponent that the user creates and uses for creating model objects whose composition the user can modify as a group

parts as anchor rods.

127120 Steel components

In Full depth (184) and Full depth S (185), some cuts were previously not created correctly. This has now been fixed.

86414 Steel components

In 2L splice (152), the slotted holes for the secondary bolts are now positioned correctly.

127819 Steel components

In Bent plate(1) part that is created from contour plates, or beams whose profile is a plate

(1) Bent plates can be conical or cylindrical.

Curved beams, spiral beams, or deformed parts cannot be used for creating a bent plate.

(2) component object that represents an angle that is bent from a plate and that connects parts

(151)
, it is now possible to define the primary bolted part for the secondary bolts on the Bolts tab.

131086 Steel components

In Cast-in plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

(1069)
, aligning the bolts with the beam instead of the clip anglecomponent object that represents a right angle that is made of a standard L-shaped profile and that connects parts

no longer affects bolt and clip angle positioning.

TSAC-683 Steel components

In Cast-in plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

(1069)
, the horizontal edge distance is now correctly applied when using an angle profile to connect the beam and the cast plate.

TSAC-872 Steel components

In Column with stiffeners W (182), the option on the Beam cut tab to not create beam end preparation no longer breaks the secondary part(1) part that exists in a building object and that is connected to the main part

(1) Secondary part can be an assembly secondary part or a cast unit secondary part.

(2) input part that the user selects after selecting the component main part when creating a component

(2) A component can have none, one or more component secondary parts.

geometry.

TSAC-994 Steel components

In Tube gussetcomponent object that represents a plate that connects braces to a beam, column, or base plate

(20)
, the weld number 2 now works better.

TSAC-2309 Steel components

In Welded column with stiffeners (128), you can now turn on or off the weld preparationcut that is made on the part edge in order to enable a more complete weld penetration which provides a stronger joint

creation in the welds dialog box.

126565 Steel components

In Bent shear plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

(48)
, you can now set the bolt standard for secondary bolts on the Bolts tab.

126018 Steel components

In Std bracing connection (67), creating a default plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

for one or two secondary beams now works better than before. When using one secondary beam, Tekla Structures no longer crashes.

114385 Steel components

In Hollow brace wraparound gussetcomponent object that represents a plate that connects braces to a beam, column, or base plate

(59)
, the brace connection plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

is now positioned correctly when using a chamfered brace connection plate. The chamfers are now created correctly in the brace connection plate. The boxes for chamfer values are now unavailable when chamfers cannot be created in the brace connection plate.

120664 Steel components

In Two sided clip anglecomponent object that represents a right angle that is made of a standard L-shaped profile and that connects parts

(117)
, the correct number of bolts is now created.

129904 Steel components

In Corner tube gussetcomponent object that represents a plate that connects braces to a beam, column, or base plate

(56)
, the chamfered connection plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

is now correctly positioned in all cases.

85709 Steel components

In Multiple stiffeners (1064), the stiffeners are now created with the correct length also when created not perpendicular to the main part(1) part that exists in a building object and that determines the position number for the assembly or cast unit and the direction of assembly or cast unit drawings

(1) Main part can be an assembly main part or a cast unit main part.

(2) input part that the user selects first when creating a component

(2) Connections and details always have a component main part.

.

90209 Steel components

In Corner bolted gussetcomponent object that represents a plate that connects braces to a beam, column, or base plate

(57)
, the gapany space between two objects

The term gap is used in its general sense in Tekla Structures.

between the beam and the gusset is now correctly applied.

90386 Steel components

In HSS Brace special (67), it is now possible to create a round slot cut in the brace.

131111 Steel components

In Railings (S77), you can now define the direction of the used connection on the Rails tab.

TSAC-591 Steel components

Objects with polygon cuts can now be copied again using Linear array tool.

TSAC-1439 Steel components

In Tube gussetcomponent object that represents a plate that connects braces to a beam, column, or base plate

(20)
, you can now set the bolt assemblyset of bolt elements that consists of a bolt, a stud, or a screw, and possibly the related washers and nuts

type separately for the bolts on the gusset side and the bracing side.

TSAC-1434 Steel components

In Stiffened base platecomponent object that represents a plate welded to a column base

Base plates are used to distribute the concentrated load of the column over a wider area.

(1014)
, the Groutbuilding object that represents the filling of seams between parts, or holes or voids in a part with grout

Grouting can be used when connecting parts with anchor bolts or rods, or in seams between panels, for example.

Grout is flowing concrete that hardens after application.

part name is not longer taken from the L profile, flange part name.

110297 Steel components

In End platecomponent object that represents a plate welded perpendicular to the end of the component secondary part

(144)
, holes are now created correctly with thick shimcomponent object that represents a plate that is used for filling clearances and gaps on the construction site

plates. Previously, if the thickness of the shim platecomponent object that represents a plate that is used for filling clearances and gaps on the construction site

was 40 or over, the holes were not created correctly.

120542 Steel components

In Stair base detail (1043), you can now set on the Sbolts tab in which parts the slotted holes are created.

93561 Steel components

In Stub (133), the web plates are now positioned correctly when the stub web and the secondary part(1) part that exists in a building object and that is connected to the main part

(1) Secondary part can be an assembly secondary part or a cast unit secondary part.

(2) input part that the user selects after selecting the component main part when creating a component

(2) A component can have none, one or more component secondary parts.

web have different thicknesses.

131142 Steel components

In Tensioner brace and compression bar (13), when using Bolted gussetcomponent object that represents a plate that connects braces to a beam, column, or base plate

(11)
as a sub-componentcomponent in a nested component that is subordinate to another component

, the component no longer breaks the main and secondary parts.

90072 Steel components

In Shear Pl simple (35), when the bolt standard is left to the default value in the component properties dialog box, the bolts are now created using the bolt standard defined in File menu > Settings > Options > Components.

131282 Steel components

Stanchion double plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

(87)
now works correctly when the Up directionconnection or detail property that indicates how the created connection is rotated around the component secondary part, or the created detail around the component main part, relative to the current work plane

The up direction options are +x, -x, +y, -y, +z, -z, and auto.

is set to Auto.

131503 Steel components

In Welded column with stiffeners (128), the position numberidentifier that is assigned to all similar parts, assemblies, cast units, or reinforcement

Position number consists of a prefix, separator, and running number. The prefix is part of the position number, identifying a numbering series. The running number is part of the position number, and is the assigned number in the numbering series, based on the start number. The separator is an optional character, such as a slash, that separates the prefix and the running number.

In Tekla Structures, the position numbers assigned in the numbering are shown in marks and templates, for example.

In the US, the term piece mark or ship mark is used to refer to a position number.

, material and name of stiffeners are now correctly applied.

TSAC-108 Steel components

In Splice plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

2 (62)
, the shim platecomponent object that represents a plate that is used for filling clearances and gaps on the construction site

thickness is now rounded to the market size only if the thickness of the plate is smaller than the gapany space between two objects

The term gap is used in its general sense in Tekla Structures.

the plate fills.

TSAC-1308 Steel components

In Two sided clip anglecomponent object that represents a right angle that is made of a standard L-shaped profile and that connects parts

(117)
, you can now define L profile names.

TSAC-1420 Steel components

In U.S. Seatcomponent object that represents a structure upon which a component secondary part rests

connection 3 (74)
, you can now define the stiffenercomponent object that represents a structure that strengthens a steel beam or column

Stiffeners are usually plates.

Stiffeners are used to prevent web buckling at supports or concentrated loads.

name, and seat profile material and name on the Parts tab.

TSAC-2393 Steel components

Column with stiffeners S (187) now scans the secondary part(1) part that exists in a building object and that is connected to the main part

(1) Secondary part can be an assembly secondary part or a cast unit secondary part.

(2) input part that the user selects after selecting the component main part when creating a component

(2) A component can have none, one or more component secondary parts.

geometry without cuts created outside the component.

125685 Steel components

In Box column base platecomponent object that represents a plate welded to a column base

Base plates are used to distribute the concentrated load of the column over a wider area.

(1066)
, you can now use custom componentcomponent that the user creates and uses for creating model objects whose composition the user can modify as a group

parts.

87896 Steel components

In Two sided end platecomponent object that represents a plate welded perpendicular to the end of the component secondary part

- Cfl (112)
, it is now possible to define the material and the name separately for the end plates and the compensating plates.

123193 Steel components

In Tube gussetcomponent object that represents a plate that connects braces to a beam, column, or base plate

(20)
, the middle end platecomponent object that represents a plate welded perpendicular to the end of the component secondary part

is now positioned correctly with the correct thickness defined in the component dialog box. Welds are now also created correctly for the middle end plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

.

123272 Steel components

In Two sided clip anglecomponent object that represents a right angle that is made of a standard L-shaped profile and that connects parts

(143)
, the assembly of the bolted parts is now in the correct order.

125702 Steel components

In Pipe column and beam panel zone (21), there was previously an error, for example when the component had four beams with different profile height and/or different levels. This has now been fixed.

130175 Steel components

In Full depth S (185) and JP Full depth special (185), the assembly prefix and start numberfirst number of a numbering series

for the tab plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

are now correctly set to the default values when left empty in component dialog box.

131087 Steel components

In Cast-in plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

(1069)
, aligning the bolts with the beam instead of the clip anglecomponent object that represents a right angle that is made of a standard L-shaped profile and that connects parts

no longer deletes the clip angle.

120182 Steel components

Tapered beam to tapered beam (200) now ignores welded parts that are not longer than half the length of the main part(1) part that exists in a building object and that determines the position number for the assembly or cast unit and the direction of assembly or cast unit drawings

(1) Main part can be an assembly main part or a cast unit main part.

(2) input part that the user selects first when creating a component

(2) Connections and details always have a component main part.

or secondary part(1) part that exists in a building object and that is connected to the main part

(1) Secondary part can be an assembly secondary part or a cast unit secondary part.

(2) input part that the user selects after selecting the component main part when creating a component

(2) A component can have none, one or more component secondary parts.

.

77330 Steel components

In Wraparound gussetcomponent object that represents a plate that connects braces to a beam, column, or base plate

(58)
, Wrapped cross (61), Gusseted cross (62) and Corner wrapped gusset (63), you can now create shimcomponent object that represents a plate that is used for filling clearances and gaps on the construction site

plates when connecting braces to the gusset using clip angles.

TSAC-713 Steel components

In Purlin connections (11), when you define that one main bolt is created, the correct number of bolts is now created.

TSAC-2310 Steel components

In Welded beam column (31), you can now turn on or off the weld preparationcut that is made on the part edge in order to enable a more complete weld penetration which provides a stronger joint

creation in the welds dialog box.

85710 Steel components

In Full depth S (185), some cuts were previously not created correctly. This has now been fixed.

79748 Steel components

In Welded gussetcomponent object that represents a plate that connects braces to a beam, column, or base plate

(10)
, stiffenercomponent object that represents a structure that strengthens a steel beam or column

Stiffeners are usually plates.

Stiffeners are used to prevent web buckling at supports or concentrated loads.

height now works correctly as defined in the connection properties.

114538 Steel components

In Two sided clip anglecomponent object that represents a right angle that is made of a standard L-shaped profile and that connects parts

(143)
, the bolts are now correctly rotated on the angle box.

124094 Steel components

In Z pan (S74), a correct number of nose plates is now created in the correct position. The welding on the steps is now also correctly created.

127486 Steel components

In Stiffened end platecomponent object that represents a plate welded perpendicular to the end of the component secondary part

(27)
and Partial stiff end plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

(65
), it is now possible to set the far side stiffenercomponent object that represents a structure that strengthens a steel beam or column

Stiffeners are usually plates.

Stiffeners are used to prevent web buckling at supports or concentrated loads.

as full depth.

103709 Steel components

In Stanchion side profile (86), it is now possible to set the top edge distance of bolts on the Sbolts tab.

97507 Steel components

In Wraparound gussetcomponent object that represents a plate that connects braces to a beam, column, or base plate

(58)
, the bolt assemblyset of bolt elements that consists of a bolt, a stud, or a screw, and possibly the related washers and nuts

option on the Gusset bolts 1 tab and Gusset conn 2 tab now works correctly.

90385 Steel components

In HSS Brace special (66), it is now possible to create a round slot cut in the brace.

131251 Steel components

In Generation of purlins (50), all purlins are now placed properly according to each selected beam surface.

131580 Steel components

In Turnbuckle connection (126), the fittingadjustment of a part end

of the main and secondary part(1) part that exists in a building object and that is connected to the main part

(1) Secondary part can be an assembly secondary part or a cast unit secondary part.

(2) input part that the user selects after selecting the component main part when creating a component

(2) A component can have none, one or more component secondary parts.

is now correctly created.

TSAC-593 Steel components

Deleting objects copied using Linear array tool now also deletes the cuts and fittings that were in the copied objects.

TSAC-940 Steel components

In Column with stiffeners W (182) and Column with stiffeners S (187), the shear tabcomponent object that represents a plate welded to the component main part and bolted to the web of the component secondary part

no longer expands its length after each modify when the main part(1) part that exists in a building object and that determines the position number for the assembly or cast unit and the direction of assembly or cast unit drawings

(1) Main part can be an assembly main part or a cast unit main part.

(2) input part that the user selects first when creating a component

(2) Connections and details always have a component main part.

is welded from plates.

TSAC-1560 Steel components

Stanchions (S76) no longer crashes when a user defines a long part prefix.

TSAC-1293 Steel components

In Column - 2 beam (14), the Bolt standard for Bolts 4 is now correctly applied.

TSAC-1864 Steel components

In U.S. Seatcomponent object that represents a structure upon which a component secondary part rests

connection 3 (74)
, the seat profile stiffeners are now created correctly regardless of the selection order of the secondary parts.

115062 Steel components

In Shear plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

simple (146)
, the angle box profile is now created using the material defined on the Angle box tab.

94158 Steel components

In Two sided clip anglecomponent object that represents a right angle that is made of a standard L-shaped profile and that connects parts

(143)
, the vertical offset to the first bolt is now correctly calculated when the main part(1) part that exists in a building object and that determines the position number for the assembly or cast unit and the direction of assembly or cast unit drawings

(1) Main part can be an assembly main part or a cast unit main part.

(2) input part that the user selects first when creating a component

(2) Connections and details always have a component main part.

is sloped.

106278 Steel components

In Clip anglecomponent object that represents a right angle that is made of a standard L-shaped profile and that connects parts

(141)
and Two sided clip angle (143), it is now possible to define plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

washers separately for the main and secondary bolts on the Plate washers tab.

127479 Steel components

In Shear Pl simple (35), the top and bottom copecut in one component object or input part for receiving another component object or input part

cuts and weld preparationcut that is made on the part edge in order to enable a more complete weld penetration which provides a stronger joint

cuts now work correctly for beams with different flange widths or thicknesses.

80705 Steel components

In Bracing cross (19), slotted holes for bolts are now correctly applied.

79946 Steel components

In Turnbuckle bracing (S3), a gapany space between two objects

The term gap is used in its general sense in Tekla Structures.

is no longer created between the fastener and the gussetcomponent object that represents a plate that connects braces to a beam, column, or base plate

plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

when using the Battledore connection type.

131383 Steel components

In 2L Splice (152), the primary bolts are now created to the correct positions for both beams.

TSAC-252 Steel components

In Bolted moment connection (134), Moment connection (181), Column with stiffeners W (182), Column with stiffeners (186), Column with stiffeners S (187) and Column with stiffeners (188), when you create stiffeners to follow the secondary part(1) part that exists in a building object and that is connected to the main part

(1) Secondary part can be an assembly secondary part or a cast unit secondary part.

(2) input part that the user selects after selecting the component main part when creating a component

(2) A component can have none, one or more component secondary parts.

slope, the distances from the main part(1) part that exists in a building object and that determines the position number for the assembly or cast unit and the direction of assembly or cast unit drawings

(1) Main part can be an assembly main part or a cast unit main part.

(2) input part that the user selects first when creating a component

(2) Connections and details always have a component main part.

web or flange and the stiffenercomponent object that represents a structure that strengthens a steel beam or column

Stiffeners are usually plates.

Stiffeners are used to prevent web buckling at supports or concentrated loads.

edge are now correctly applied.

TSAC-1331 Steel components

In Moment connection (181), deleting of bolts now works correctly.

TSAC-2386 Steel components

In Bolted moment connection (134), slotted holes for the lower flange platecomponent object that represents a plate that connects the flanges of a beam to a column

Flange plates are used in moment connections, for example.

are now applied correctly.

125684 Steel components

In Safety rope hooks (1062), you can now use custom componentcomponent that the user creates and uses for creating model objects whose composition the user can modify as a group

parts.

88049 Steel components

In Box column base platecomponent object that represents a plate welded to a column base

Base plates are used to distribute the concentrated load of the column over a wider area.

(1066)
, the bolt edge distance now works correctly.

128780 Steel components

In Hss Brace special (66), the gussetcomponent object that represents a plate that connects braces to a beam, column, or base plate

plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

is now correctly created in all situations.

129488 Steel components

In Railings (S77), some welds were previously not created correctly when creating an assembly to the first rail. This has now been fixed.

102092 Steel components

In Bolted gussetcomponent object that represents a plate that connects braces to a beam, column, or base plate

(11)
, the bolt length increase defined on the Gusset bolts and Brace bolts 1-3 tabs is now correctly applied.

131120 Steel components

In Multiple stiffeners (1064), weld preparationcut that is made on the part edge in order to enable a more complete weld penetration which provides a stronger joint

cuts are now correctly created when the XS_AISC_WELD_MARK advanced option is set to TRUE.

105965 Steel components

In Clip anglecomponent object that represents a right angle that is made of a standard L-shaped profile and that connects parts

(141)
, slotted holes are now correctly applied on the secondary bolts when using a wrapped angle connection.

77753 Steel components

In Bolted gussetcomponent object that represents a plate that connects braces to a beam, column, or base plate

(11)
, the slot cuts in the braces are now correctly created when the braces are on different planes.

125279 Steel components

In Offshore (9), you can now create cuts that follow sloped flanges.

TSAC-989 Steel components

In Full depth S (185), the tab plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

between the parts with a U profile was previously incorrectly created. This has now been fixed.

TSAC-1770 Steel components

In U.S. Base platecomponent object that represents a plate welded to a column base

Base plates are used to distribute the concentrated load of the column over a wider area.

(1047)
, the bolts are now correctly positioned when you define the rotation and the horizontal offset.

TSAC-1961 Steel components

Stiffened base platecomponent object that represents a plate welded to a column base

Base plates are used to distribute the concentrated load of the column over a wider area.

(1014)
: on the Parts tab, the Classpart property that groups parts according to identifiers given by the user

The identifiers of classes are usually numbers. Classes can be used for defining the color of parts in the model, for example. Class does not influence the numbering of model objects.

 option has been added for Plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

, Web plates, Flange plates and Leveling plate. The Finish option has been added for Plate, Web plates, Flange plates, Leveling plate, Fittingadjustment of a part end

plates
, Additional beam, Horizontal plates and L profiles.

115542 Steel components

In New notchcut in one component object or input part for receiving another component object or input part

(49)
, the positions and sizes of the web and flange chamfers are now correct.

79750 Steel components

In Welded gussetcomponent object that represents a plate that connects braces to a beam, column, or base plate

(10)
, Bolted gusset (11) and Tube gusset (20), stiffenercomponent object that represents a structure that strengthens a steel beam or column

Stiffeners are usually plates.

Stiffeners are used to prevent web buckling at supports or concentrated loads.

prefixes and materials now work correctly as defined in the connection properties.

114631 Steel components

In Cast-in plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

(1069)
, the bolts now work correctly with plate washers. Also, it is now possible to set slotted holesmall hollow open throughout a part or assembly that is usually used for fastening parts with bolts or other such objects

Hole is created in the same way as bolts and hole properties are defined in the bolt properties.

options when using plate washers.

125070 Steel components

In Column splice (132), the web and flange bolts are now created with the bolt standard set in the component properties dialog box.

128659 Steel components

In Tube crossing (22), chamfered connection plates are now correctly positioned in all situations.

54977 Steel components

In Tube seatcomponent object that represents a structure upon which a component secondary part rests

(104)
, the bolted angle is now correctly positioned in all situations.

127485 Steel components

In Stiffened end platecomponent object that represents a plate welded perpendicular to the end of the component secondary part

(27)
and Partial stiff end plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

(65)
, it is now possible to create the bottom stiffeners as one plate.

129991 Steel components

In Cast-in plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

(1069)
, in some cases, when using a clip anglecomponent object that represents a right angle that is made of a standard L-shaped profile and that connects parts

as the connection type, the welding was removed from the component. This has now been fixed.

98573 Steel components

In Stub (133), the stub upper and lower flange chamfers were sometimes missing. This has now been fixed.

113645 Steel components

In Tube gussetcomponent object that represents a plate that connects braces to a beam, column, or base plate

(20)
, the end platecomponent object that represents a plate welded perpendicular to the end of the component secondary part

is now correctly welded to the connection plates when the connection plates are not inside the bracing.

101901 Steel components

In Two sided clip anglecomponent object that represents a right angle that is made of a standard L-shaped profile and that connects parts

(143)
, a double set of bolts is no longer created when using C profiles as secondary parts.

131707 Steel components

In Clip anglecomponent object that represents a right angle that is made of a standard L-shaped profile and that connects parts

(141)
, the slotted holes for the top and bottom primary bolts in the angle box are now correctly applied.

TSAC-600 Steel components

Linear array tool and Radial array tool now copy the components and cuts of the original, copied object.

TSAC-1329 Steel components

In Clip anglecomponent object that represents a right angle that is made of a standard L-shaped profile and that connects parts

(141)
, the plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

washers are now correctly positioned when the main part(1) part that exists in a building object and that determines the position number for the assembly or cast unit and the direction of assembly or cast unit drawings

(1) Main part can be an assembly main part or a cast unit main part.

(2) input part that the user selects first when creating a component

(2) Connections and details always have a component main part.

is a column.

TSAC-293 Steel components

In Shear plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

simple (146)
, the values for manual notchcut in one component object or input part for receiving another component object or input part

control are now correctly applied when the secondary part(1) part that exists in a building object and that is connected to the main part

(1) Secondary part can be an assembly secondary part or a cast unit secondary part.

(2) input part that the user selects after selecting the component main part when creating a component

(2) A component can have none, one or more component secondary parts.

is skewed.

TSAC-1922 Steel components

In Create holesmall hollow open throughout a part or assembly that is usually used for fastening parts with bolts or other such objects

Hole is created in the same way as bolts and hole properties are defined in the bolt properties.

around part (92)
, holes were not created correctly around certain profiles. This has now been fixed.

116009 Steel components

In Stiffened base platecomponent object that represents a plate welded to a column base

Base plates are used to distribute the concentrated load of the column over a wider area.

(1014)
, weld number 4 is now created in the correct position.

103504 Steel components

In Base platecomponent object that represents a plate welded to a column base

Base plates are used to distribute the concentrated load of the column over a wider area.

(1042)
and U.S. Base plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

(1047)
, it is now possible to set the material for Extra profile 1 and Extra profile 2 on the Extra plates tab.

82566 Steel components

In Partial stiff end platecomponent object that represents a plate welded perpendicular to the end of the component secondary part

(65)
, it is now possible to define bolt rotation on the Bolts tab.

103815 Steel components

In Portal bracing (105), it is now possible to set the name of the gussetcomponent object that represents a plate that connects braces to a beam, column, or base plate

, and also, it is now possible to set slotted holes, bolt assemblyset of bolt elements that consists of a bolt, a stud, or a screw, and possibly the related washers and nuts

and bolt length increase for Bolts 1-3.

80007 Steel components

In Shear Pl Simple (35), defining the Top Web Ext height no longer affects the position of the shear tabcomponent object that represents a plate welded to the component main part and bolted to the web of the component secondary part

.

131946 Steel components

In Column with stiffeners (186), all stiffenercomponent object that represents a structure that strengthens a steel beam or column

Stiffeners are usually plates.

Stiffeners are used to prevent web buckling at supports or concentrated loads.

welds now get the same default values.

TSAC-275 Steel components

In HSS brace special (66), the cap plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

width and height is now correctly applied as defined in the dialog box of the component.

TSAC-1332 Steel components

In Full depth (184), it is now possible to create a stiffenercomponent object that represents a structure that strengthens a steel beam or column

Stiffeners are usually plates.

Stiffeners are used to prevent web buckling at supports or concentrated loads.

determined by a shear tabcomponent object that represents a plate welded to the component main part and bolted to the web of the component secondary part

.

TSAC-2133 Steel components

In Tube crossing (22), the spacing between two connection plates now works correctly.

TSAC-2399 Steel components

In Tube gussetcomponent object that represents a plate that connects braces to a beam, column, or base plate

(20)
, previously, welding was not created when you only specified the below line weld properties for weld 2. This has now been fixed.

125645 Steel components

In Net hooks (1061), you can now use custom componentcomponent that the user creates and uses for creating model objects whose composition the user can modify as a group

parts.

111167 Steel components

In Two sided clip anglecomponent object that represents a right angle that is made of a standard L-shaped profile and that connects parts

(143)
, the Same bolt length for all option now works correctly. In Clip angle (141) and Two sided clip angle (143), the default attachment type option on the Bolts tab now matches the result in the model.

94922 Steel components

In Stringer to channel (127), the option to set the angle position on the Parameters tab now works correctly.

89988 Steel components

Stanchion double plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

(87)
now works reliably with an L profile as the main part(1) part that exists in a building object and that determines the position number for the assembly or cast unit and the direction of assembly or cast unit drawings

(1) Main part can be an assembly main part or a cast unit main part.

(2) input part that the user selects first when creating a component

(2) Connections and details always have a component main part.

.

129207 Steel components

In Twin profilepart that represents two identical parts mirrored in relation to their position

Twin profile can be separated into two individual parts, after which it is no longer a twin profile.

connection plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

(1046)
, it is now possible to define an assembly prefix and start numberfirst number of a numbering series

for the plate.

105627 Steel components

In Two sided end platecomponent object that represents a plate welded perpendicular to the end of the component secondary part

(142)
, the classpart property that groups parts according to identifiers given by the user

The identifiers of classes are usually numbers. Classes can be used for defining the color of parts in the model, for example. Class does not influence the numbering of model objects.

of End plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

1
and End plate 2 no longer changes when defining the size of the end plate.

92096 Steel components

In Haunchcomponent object that represents a wedge-like structure that strengthens a beam at its end

(40)
, web extra plates are now always positioned on the main part(1) part that exists in a building object and that determines the position number for the assembly or cast unit and the direction of assembly or cast unit drawings

(1) Main part can be an assembly main part or a cast unit main part.

(2) input part that the user selects first when creating a component

(2) Connections and details always have a component main part.

web when the main and secondary part(1) part that exists in a building object and that is connected to the main part

(1) Secondary part can be an assembly secondary part or a cast unit secondary part.

(2) input part that the user selects after selecting the component main part when creating a component

(2) A component can have none, one or more component secondary parts.

center lines are not in line.

83588 Steel components

In Clip anglecomponent object that represents a right angle that is made of a standard L-shaped profile and that connects parts

(141)
, the gapany space between two objects

The term gap is used in its general sense in Tekla Structures.

between the flange and the stiffenercomponent object that represents a structure that strengthens a steel beam or column

Stiffeners are usually plates.

Stiffeners are used to prevent web buckling at supports or concentrated loads.

now works correctly.

113087 Steel components

In Two sided clip anglecomponent object that represents a right angle that is made of a standard L-shaped profile and that connects parts

(143)
, slotted holes are now correctly applied on secondary bolts when using safety connections.

131982 Steel components

In Tube gussetcomponent object that represents a plate that connects braces to a beam, column, or base plate

(20)
, the bolt type for brace bolts 1-3 now works correctly.

TSAC-318, 123423 Steel components

In Cranked beam (41), you can now define parallel haunchcomponent object that represents a wedge-like structure that strengthens a beam at its end

end cuts on the Parameters tab.

TSAC-993 Steel components

In Shear plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

tube column (189)
, the recesses in the main part(1) part that exists in a building object and that determines the position number for the assembly or cast unit and the direction of assembly or cast unit drawings

(1) Main part can be an assembly main part or a cast unit main part.

(2) input part that the user selects first when creating a component

(2) Connections and details always have a component main part.

are now correctly created when connecting to one secondary part(1) part that exists in a building object and that is connected to the main part

(1) Secondary part can be an assembly secondary part or a cast unit secondary part.

(2) input part that the user selects after selecting the component main part when creating a component

(2) A component can have none, one or more component secondary parts.

.

TSAC-272 Steel components

Haunchcomponent object that represents a wedge-like structure that strengthens a beam at its end

(40)
: Bolts group is now correctly created when you specify to create an Upper bolt plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

.

TSAC-1367 Steel components

In Spiral stair (S68), the stairs are now created correctly when input points 2 and 3 are not located on the top of each other.

TSAC-1447 Steel components

In U.S. Seatcomponent object that represents a structure upon which a component secondary part rests

connection (72)
, slotted holes are now correctly applied for bolts.

116356 Steel components

In Bolted gussetcomponent object that represents a plate that connects braces to a beam, column, or base plate

(11)
, it is now possible to create a chamfer on a gusset when using twin profiles.

116561 Steel components

In Column with stiffeners W (182), weld number 7 is now positioned correctly for the bottom NS stiffenercomponent object that represents a structure that strengthens a steel beam or column

Stiffeners are usually plates.

Stiffeners are used to prevent web buckling at supports or concentrated loads.

.

127901 Steel components

In Splice type 1 (56), the bolts now have a default tolerance of 2.0 mm in the UK environment.

128846 Steel components

Rail connection (70) now works correctly after using the Copy special - Rotate and Copy special - Mirror commands.

66113 Steel components

In Pipe column and beam panel zone (21), there is now a center holesmall hollow open throughout a part or assembly that is usually used for fastening parts with bolts or other such objects

Hole is created in the same way as bolts and hole properties are defined in the bolt properties.

option for the top penetrating diaphragm on the Fabrication dimensions tab. The option works when there is no upper column. If the value is > 0, the hole is created. If the value is 0, the hole is not created. If you do not enter any value, the hole is created as before.

130004 Steel components

In Haunchcomponent object that represents a wedge-like structure that strengthens a beam at its end

(40)
, it is now possible to set on the Haunch tab if the haunch profile is cut parallel at both ends.

122599 Steel components

In Tube gussetcomponent object that represents a plate that connects braces to a beam, column, or base plate

(20)
, the stiffeners are now created inclined to the gusset side angles, and it is possible to fit them to the main part(1) part that exists in a building object and that determines the position number for the assembly or cast unit and the direction of assembly or cast unit drawings

(1) Main part can be an assembly main part or a cast unit main part.

(2) input part that the user selects first when creating a component

(2) Connections and details always have a component main part.

.

102068 Steel components

In Full depth S (185), chamfers are now correctly applied on the tab plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

.

131415 Steel components

In U. S. Base platecomponent object that represents a plate welded to a column base

Base plates are used to distribute the concentrated load of the column over a wider area.

(1047)
, the cast plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

holes are now correctly positioned.

132020 Steel components

In Base platecomponent object that represents a plate welded to a column base

Base plates are used to distribute the concentrated load of the column over a wider area.

(1004)
, when using U shape anchor rods and hook direction of type 3 or type 4, the created parts are now correctly attached to the anchor rod.

TSAC-300, 131220 Steel components

Stiffened end platecomponent object that represents a plate welded perpendicular to the end of the component secondary part

(27)
and Partial stiff end plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

(65)
now work correctly when you create an end plate smaller than half the height of the secondary part(1) part that exists in a building object and that is connected to the main part

(1) Secondary part can be an assembly secondary part or a cast unit secondary part.

(2) input part that the user selects after selecting the component main part when creating a component

(2) A component can have none, one or more component secondary parts.

.

TSAC-192 Steel components

Rebar holesmall hollow open throughout a part or assembly that is usually used for fastening parts with bolts or other such objects

Hole is created in the same way as bolts and hole properties are defined in the bolt properties.

now uses an existing bolt size and adjusts the hole tolerance value until the desired Hole diameter is reached.

TSAC-808 Steel components

Kingspan Eaves beam restraint (16) brackets to eaves beam now work correctly.

TSAC-1898 Steel components

In Fittingadjustment of a part end

(13)
, notchcut in one component object or input part for receiving another component object or input part

cuts are no longer created when the main part(1) part that exists in a building object and that determines the position number for the assembly or cast unit and the direction of assembly or cast unit drawings

(1) Main part can be an assembly main part or a cast unit main part.

(2) input part that the user selects first when creating a component

(2) Connections and details always have a component main part.

is a plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

.

119357 Steel components

Previously, when you defined stiffenercomponent object that represents a structure that strengthens a steel beam or column

Stiffeners are usually plates.

Stiffeners are used to prevent web buckling at supports or concentrated loads.

positions on the Stiffeners tab in U.S. Base platecomponent object that represents a plate welded to a column base

Base plates are used to distribute the concentrated load of the column over a wider area.

connection (71)
, and entered a space after a position, Tekla Structures stopped working. This does not happen anymore.

117564 Steel components

In Joist to column, type 1 (161), the stabilizer bolts now go through the column flange and beam bottom flange when the offsets are defined.

129771 Steel components

Tensioner brace and compression bar (13) has new options:

  • You can now set the origin position for calculating the brace offset.
  • On the Compression bar tab, you can now set that the offset global x is always in use.
120389 Steel components

In Railings (S77), the Other rail to stanchion fittingadjustment of a part end

option on the Parameters tab now has a new value, Fit to stanchion.

106396 Steel components

In Moment connection (181), when inquiring stiffeners, the Finish property is now always empty.

85772 Steel components

In Stub (28), it is now possible to define top and bottom offsets for all stiffeners.

131192 Steel components

In Tube crossing (22), it is now possible to set the Finish property for all parts.

131152 Steel components

In Column seating (39), it is now possible to define the distance between the end platecomponent object that represents a plate welded perpendicular to the end of the component secondary part

and the secondary parts.

102290 Steel components

In U.S. Hip & Valley (179), the bolt horizontal edge distances are now correctly applied on the bolts.

79629 Steel components

Stiffened end platecomponent object that represents a plate welded perpendicular to the end of the component secondary part

(27)
now works in the same way for C profiles as for U profiles.

TSAC-277 Steel components

In Multiple stiffeners (1064), stiffeners are now not created when you set them to zero (0) height at the top half.

TSAC-992 Steel components

In Shear plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

simple (146)
, the shear tabcomponent object that represents a plate welded to the component main part and bolted to the web of the component secondary part

is now correctly created when created close to the end of the main part(1) part that exists in a building object and that determines the position number for the assembly or cast unit and the direction of assembly or cast unit drawings

(1) Main part can be an assembly main part or a cast unit main part.

(2) input part that the user selects first when creating a component

(2) Connections and details always have a component main part.

.

TSAC-253 Steel components

In Column with stiffeners S (187), the bolt edge distance is now correctly applied with sloped beams.

TSAC-2124 Steel components

In Tube gussetcomponent object that represents a plate that connects braces to a beam, column, or base plate

(20)
, the end plates are now created correctly.

TSAC-2418 Steel components

In Turnbuckle connection (126), the main and the secondary part(1) part that exists in a building object and that is connected to the main part

(1) Secondary part can be an assembly secondary part or a cast unit secondary part.

(2) input part that the user selects after selecting the component main part when creating a component

(2) A component can have none, one or more component secondary parts.

are now correctly fitted regardless their selection order.

TSAC-2522 Steel components

In Cage ladder (S60), the parts welded to the ladder no longer lose welds when the component is modified.

125640 Steel components

In Lifting alignment pieces (1031), you can now use custom componentcomponent that the user creates and uses for creating model objects whose composition the user can modify as a group

parts.

92638 Steel components

In Stiffened base platecomponent object that represents a plate welded to a column base

Base plates are used to distribute the concentrated load of the column over a wider area.

(1014)
, the stiffeners are now created with the correct chamfer dimensions.

129364 Steel components

In Full depth S (185), some cuts were previously not created correctly. This has now been fixed.

130077 Steel components

In Gusseted cross (62), slotted holes are no longer created for the bolts on the bracing side.

106612 Steel components

In Wraparound gussetcomponent object that represents a plate that connects braces to a beam, column, or base plate

cross (60)
, Hollow brace wraparound gusset (59), Corner bolted gusset (57), Corner tube gusset (56), Tube crossing (22), Tube gusset (20) and Tube splice (6), it is now possible to make a round slot in the bracing.

71687 Steel components

In Splice connection (77), flange bolts are now created correctly when the top and bottom internal and external plates do not have the same thickness.

73599 Steel components

In Two sided end platecomponent object that represents a plate welded perpendicular to the end of the component secondary part

(142)
, there is now a new option on the Bolts tab for measuring the horizontal bolt groupgroup of bolts that forms a connecting building object between an assembly main part and secondary parts

The number of bolts in a bolt group depends on the bolt group shape and the values of bolt distances.

position. The new Web option measures the bolt group position from the secondary part(1) part that exists in a building object and that is connected to the main part

(1) Secondary part can be an assembly secondary part or a cast unit secondary part.

(2) input part that the user selects after selecting the component main part when creating a component

(2) A component can have none, one or more component secondary parts.

web.

TSAC-317 Steel components

In Two sided end platecomponent object that represents a plate welded perpendicular to the end of the component secondary part

(142)
, galvanized holes are now created when the secondary part(1) part that exists in a building object and that is connected to the main part

(1) Secondary part can be an assembly secondary part or a cast unit secondary part.

(2) input part that the user selects after selecting the component main part when creating a component

(2) A component can have none, one or more component secondary parts.

center lines are not in line.

TSAC-986 Steel components

Bolted gussetcomponent object that represents a plate that connects braces to a beam, column, or base plate

(11)
now has improved functionality when connecting twin profiles created as plates.

TSAC-916 Steel components

Stanchion double plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

(87)
now works correctly regardless of how the stanchion is rotated.

TSAC-1445 Steel components

In Joist to column, type 2 (163), the bolt standards for seatcomponent object that represents a structure upon which a component secondary part rests

bolts are now correctly applied.

118049 Steel components

In Full depth S (185), the shear tabcomponent object that represents a plate welded to the component main part and bolted to the web of the component secondary part

is now cut parallel to the main beam web as set in the beam web cut option.

117347 Steel components

In Stiffened shear plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

(17)
, the shear tabcomponent object that represents a plate welded to the component main part and bolted to the web of the component secondary part

is now created correctly, and the shim platecomponent object that represents a plate that is used for filling clearances and gaps on the construction site

is created when defined. The bolt spacing for the secondary part(1) part that exists in a building object and that is connected to the main part

(1) Secondary part can be an assembly secondary part or a cast unit secondary part.

(2) input part that the user selects after selecting the component main part when creating a component

(2) A component can have none, one or more component secondary parts.

now also works correctly.

128943 Steel components

In U.S. Base platecomponent object that represents a plate welded to a column base

Base plates are used to distribute the concentrated load of the column over a wider area.

(1047)
, the vertical offset for bolts now works correctly.

110636 Steel components

In Bent plate(1) part that is created from contour plates, or beams whose profile is a plate

(1) Bent plates can be conical or cylindrical.

Curved beams, spiral beams, or deformed parts cannot be used for creating a bent plate.

(2) component object that represents an angle that is bent from a plate and that connects parts

(190)
, some cuts were previously not created correctly. This has now been fixed.

66135 Steel components

In Splice connection (77), it is now possible to control the slotted holesmall hollow open throughout a part or assembly that is usually used for fastening parts with bolts or other such objects

Hole is created in the same way as bolts and hole properties are defined in the bolt properties.

options separately for main and secondary web bolts, and also main and secondary flange bolts.

125698 Steel components

In Stub connection (119), the middle plates and bolts are now created correctly when the secondary part(1) part that exists in a building object and that is connected to the main part

(1) Secondary part can be an assembly secondary part or a cast unit secondary part.

(2) input part that the user selects after selecting the component main part when creating a component

(2) A component can have none, one or more component secondary parts.

is skewed.

123135 Steel components

In U.S. Base platecomponent object that represents a plate welded to a column base

Base plates are used to distribute the concentrated load of the column over a wider area.

(1047)
, one row of bolts (anchors) is now centered on the column.

131419 Steel components

In Tapered beam 2 (S45), the material of the bottom flange profile is now the same as the material of the top flange profile.

TSAC-534 Steel components

Previously, changing the surfacing attributes in the No paint area component caused Tekla Structures to crash. This happened at least in the French environment. This has now been fixed.

TSAC-1734 Steel components

In Seating (30), bolts are now created correctly when using plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

profiles.

TSAC-1902 Steel components

In Column with stiffeners (186) and Column with stiffeners S (187), the issue with the weld missing from between the stiffenercomponent object that represents a structure that strengthens a steel beam or column

Stiffeners are usually plates.

Stiffeners are used to prevent web buckling at supports or concentrated loads.

and the main part(1) part that exists in a building object and that determines the position number for the assembly or cast unit and the direction of assembly or cast unit drawings

(1) Main part can be an assembly main part or a cast unit main part.

(2) input part that the user selects first when creating a component

(2) Connections and details always have a component main part.

has been fixed.

119336 Steel components

In Splice connection (77), the top external flange platecomponent object that represents a plate that connects the flanges of a beam to a column

Flange plates are used in moment connections, for example.

is now created in the correct position when the main beam is made of plates.

110155 Steel components

In Bolted cap plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

(27)
, the bolts now have a default tolerance of 2.0 mm in the UK environment.

125253 Steel components

In Simple clip anglecomponent object that represents a right angle that is made of a standard L-shaped profile and that connects parts

(31)
and Two side clip angle (33), it is now possible to define the Finish property for all parts on the Parts tab.

120585 Steel components

In Bolted gussetcomponent object that represents a plate that connects braces to a beam, column, or base plate

(11)
, the gusset plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

is now positioned to the correct side when you define the plate height.

105958 Steel components

In Bolted moment connection (134), the flange plates are no longer offset vertically when wider than the column.

94101, TSAC-617 Steel components

In Standard gussetcomponent object that represents a plate that connects braces to a beam, column, or base plate

(1065)
, the vertical offset of the gusset is now correctly applied when creating the gusset to the above or below position.

TSAC-682 Steel components

In Beam with stiffenercomponent object that represents a structure that strengthens a steel beam or column

Stiffeners are usually plates.

Stiffeners are used to prevent web buckling at supports or concentrated loads.

(129)
, the shear tabcomponent object that represents a plate welded to the component main part and bolted to the web of the component secondary part

edge distance from the main part(1) part that exists in a building object and that determines the position number for the assembly or cast unit and the direction of assembly or cast unit drawings

(1) Main part can be an assembly main part or a cast unit main part.

(2) input part that the user selects first when creating a component

(2) Connections and details always have a component main part.

flange edge is now correctly applied.

TSAC-620 Steel components

In Bolted moment connection (134), Moment connection (181), Column with stiffeners W (182), Column with stiffeners (186), Column with stiffeners S (187) and Column with stiffeners (188), creating a doubler platecomponent object that represents a structure that strengthens a steel beam web or steel column web by thickening it

on the near side or both sides no longer breaks the geometry of the shear tabcomponent object that represents a plate welded to the component main part and bolted to the web of the component secondary part

. Also, welds between the shear tab and the main part(1) part that exists in a building object and that determines the position number for the assembly or cast unit and the direction of assembly or cast unit drawings

(1) Main part can be an assembly main part or a cast unit main part.

(2) input part that the user selects first when creating a component

(2) Connections and details always have a component main part.

or doubler plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

are now correctly created.

TSAC-1718 Steel components

In Two side clip anglecomponent object that represents a right angle that is made of a standard L-shaped profile and that connects parts

(33)
, the distance of the secondary bolts from the edge of the clip angle is now correctly applied.

TSAC-1459 Steel components

In Shear plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

tube column (189)
, the plate chamfer size now correctly follows the value defined in the component dialog box.

125302 Steel components

Stairs (S71), Wooden steps pan (S72), Polybeampart of a certain shape that is created as a continuous chain of beams passing through points that the user picks

The segments of the polybeam are straight, but segment intersections can be curved. For example, a beam that follows a zigzag line is a polybeam.

pan (S73)
and Z pan (S74) now create stairs correctly when the work planeplane that the user has chosen in a model and that is currently active for working on in a model view

Newly created, copied, or moved model objects comply with the work plane. For example, shifting the work plane to follow a sloped plane makes it easier to model sloped structures.

is changed.

123346 Steel components

In Base platecomponent object that represents a plate welded to a column base

Base plates are used to distribute the concentrated load of the column over a wider area.

(1004)
, you can now set the classpart property that groups parts according to identifiers given by the user

The identifiers of classes are usually numbers. Classes can be used for defining the color of parts in the model, for example. Class does not influence the numbering of model objects.

information for each plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

on the Parts tab.

108594 Steel components

In Cast-in plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

(1069)
, deleting of bolts now works in all situations.

129501 Steel components

In Haunchcomponent object that represents a wedge-like structure that strengthens a beam at its end

(40)
, defining a negative dimension for the vertical bolt groupgroup of bolts that forms a connecting building object between an assembly main part and secondary parts

The number of bolts in a bolt group depends on the bolt group shape and the values of bolt distances.

position no longer affects the position of the cap plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

.

83644 Steel components

In Full depth S (185), the haunchcomponent object that represents a wedge-like structure that strengthens a beam at its end

plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

is now correctly positioned when the secondary part(1) part that exists in a building object and that is connected to the main part

(1) Secondary part can be an assembly secondary part or a cast unit secondary part.

(2) input part that the user selects after selecting the component main part when creating a component

(2) A component can have none, one or more component secondary parts.

is sloped.

131576 Steel components

In Tube crossing (22) and Corner tube gussetcomponent object that represents a plate that connects braces to a beam, column, or base plate

(56)
, the double connection plates are now correctly positioned when defining the size of the slot cut in the brace.

103285 Steel components

In Box girder (S13), the position in plane offset, position in depth offset, and rotation offset are now correctly applied.

131101 Steel components

In U. S. Seatcomponent object that represents a structure upon which a component secondary part rests

connection 2 (73)
, both stabilizer welds are now created vertically.

TSAC-281 Steel components

New notchcut in one component object or input part for receiving another component object or input part

(49)
now works correctly for short secondary parts.

TSAC-1604 Steel components

In Clip anglecomponent object that represents a right angle that is made of a standard L-shaped profile and that connects parts

(141)
, the clip angles are now positioned correctly when the secondary part(1) part that exists in a building object and that is connected to the main part

(1) Secondary part can be an assembly secondary part or a cast unit secondary part.

(2) input part that the user selects after selecting the component main part when creating a component

(2) A component can have none, one or more component secondary parts.

is sloped.

TSAC-1809 Steel components

In Two sided clip anglecomponent object that represents a right angle that is made of a standard L-shaped profile and that connects parts

(143)
, it is now possible to sort the secondary parts by their profile height. When set to Yes, the highest secondary part(1) part that exists in a building object and that is connected to the main part

(1) Secondary part can be an assembly secondary part or a cast unit secondary part.

(2) input part that the user selects after selecting the component main part when creating a component

(2) A component can have none, one or more component secondary parts.

is always regarded as the first secondary part, regardless of the selection order.
The selection order of secondary parts no longer affects the copying of secondary parts.

119535 Steel components

In Bolted gussetcomponent object that represents a plate that connects braces to a beam, column, or base plate

(11)
, it is now possible to define the finish property for a rectangular plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

.

120667 Steel components

In Two sided clip anglecomponent object that represents a right angle that is made of a standard L-shaped profile and that connects parts

(143)
, the bolts on the clip angles are no longer missing.

129024 Steel components

In Base platecomponent object that represents a plate welded to a column base

Base plates are used to distribute the concentrated load of the column over a wider area.

(1004)
, the leveling plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

holesmall hollow open throughout a part or assembly that is usually used for fastening parts with bolts or other such objects

Hole is created in the same way as bolts and hole properties are defined in the bolt properties.

diameter no longer affects the position of cast plates.

89811 Steel components

In Splice plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

2 (62)
, it is now possible to control the main web bolts on the Primary web bolts tab and the secondary web bolts on the Secondary web bolts tab. Flange bolts can be controlled on the Primary flange bolts tab and on the Secondary flange bolts tab. You can separately define the settings for the bolt structure, slotted holes and extra length.

123401 Steel components

In Column with stiffeners W (182), the weld preparationcut that is made on the part edge in order to enable a more complete weld penetration which provides a stronger joint

cuts are now created correctly when XS_AISC_WELD_MARK is set to TRUE.

131749 Steel components

In Two sided clip anglecomponent object that represents a right angle that is made of a standard L-shaped profile and that connects parts

(143)
, the gauge dimension on the Bolts tab is now correctly applied when the web clearanceset space between objects

In bolted connections, clearance is required for entering and tightening the bolts with an impact wrench. In addition to this, there may be a clearance for a fillet.

In welded connections, clearances are required in order to allow a welder to lay a correct weld.

Reinforcing bar clearance defines the minimum clearance or the allowed overlap for reinforcing bars when they are checked against other objects.

option is set on the Parts tab.

TSAC-798 Steel components

In Rebar holesmall hollow open throughout a part or assembly that is usually used for fastening parts with bolts or other such objects

Hole is created in the same way as bolts and hole properties are defined in the bolt properties.

, you can now use imperial values for Hole diameter. The Hole type option now works correctly when set to Part cutcut that is defined by a cutting part

or Bolt hole + Part cut.

TSAC-1963 Steel components

Tube crossing (22) now works correctly with negative brace notchcut in one component object or input part for receiving another component object or input part

distances.

119951 Steel components

In Shear plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

simple (146)
, the plate washer width and top flange cutback are now applied correctly as defined in the component properties.

110635 Steel components

In Bent plate(1) part that is created from contour plates, or beams whose profile is a plate

(1) Bent plates can be conical or cylindrical.

Curved beams, spiral beams, or deformed parts cannot be used for creating a bent plate.

(2) component object that represents an angle that is bent from a plate and that connects parts

(151)
, the weld backing barcomponent object that represents a structure that facilitates the welding process

Weld backing bars are used, for example, to help contain the weld metal or suspend the structure.

is now positioned correctly when the secondary part(1) part that exists in a building object and that is connected to the main part

(1) Secondary part can be an assembly secondary part or a cast unit secondary part.

(2) input part that the user selects after selecting the component main part when creating a component

(2) A component can have none, one or more component secondary parts.

is skewed.

125200 Steel components

In Column site weld splice (137), welds 3 and 4 are now created with the correct settings as defined in the component weld dialog box.

131059 Steel components

In New notchcut in one component object or input part for receiving another component object or input part

(49)
, it is now possible to define separate values for the top and bottom flange, and the web chamfers.

111550 Steel components

In U.S. Base platecomponent object that represents a plate welded to a column base

Base plates are used to distribute the concentrated load of the column over a wider area.

connection (71)
, you can now define an assembly prefix and a start numberfirst number of a numbering series

for beam stiffeners.

115864 Steel components

In Rectangle to circle (17), when creating four cuts on objects that are not centered, the cuts are now created correctly.

131194 Steel components

In Joining plates (14), bolts are now created correctly for larger gaps between end plates.

TSAC-796 Steel components

In Bent plate(1) part that is created from contour plates, or beams whose profile is a plate

(1) Bent plates can be conical or cylindrical.

Curved beams, spiral beams, or deformed parts cannot be used for creating a bent plate.

(2) component object that represents an angle that is bent from a plate and that connects parts

(151)
, the distances of bolts from the edge of the plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

are now correctly applied.

109762 Steel components

In Joining plates (14), Cranked beam (41), U.S. Base platecomponent object that represents a plate welded to a column base

Base plates are used to distribute the concentrated load of the column over a wider area.

connection (71)
, Column with shear plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

(131)
, End platecomponent object that represents a plate welded perpendicular to the end of the component secondary part

(144)
, Shear plate simple (146), Bolted gussetcomponent object that represents a plate that connects braces to a beam, column, or base plate

(196)
, Base plate (1042) and U.S. Base plate (1047), staggered bolt types are no longer mixed.

128292 Steel components

In Pipe column and Beam Panel Zone (21), you can now define each diaphragm material one by one on the Diaphragm tab. When you enter the materials, they override the definitions made on the Panel parts tab.

120139 Steel components

In Gusseted cross (62), the bolt offset from the edge of the L profile is now applied correctly for brace bolts 1-3.

89938 Steel components

In Stiffened shear plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

(17)
, the stiffenercomponent object that represents a structure that strengthens a steel beam or column

Stiffeners are usually plates.

Stiffeners are used to prevent web buckling at supports or concentrated loads.

is now correctly created when you define its setbackdistance between a part end and its reference point

In Tekla Structures, knock-off dimensions are an example of setback distances.

.

131330 Steel components

In Multiple stiffeners (1064), the part name of the left and the right stiffenercomponent object that represents a structure that strengthens a steel beam or column

Stiffeners are usually plates.

Stiffeners are used to prevent web buckling at supports or concentrated loads.

is now correctly applied.

123779 Steel components

In U.S. Base platecomponent object that represents a plate welded to a column base

Base plates are used to distribute the concentrated load of the column over a wider area.

(1047)
, you can now set the assembly prefix and start numberfirst number of a numbering series

for plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

washers and extra plates.

79884 Steel components

In Tapered column base platecomponent object that represents a plate welded to a column base

Base plates are used to distribute the concentrated load of the column over a wider area.

(1068)
, you can now create a groutbuilding object that represents the filling of seams between parts, or holes or voids in a part with grout

Grouting can be used when connecting parts with anchor bolts or rods, or in seams between panels, for example.

Grout is flowing concrete that hardens after application.

plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

.

TSAC-239 Steel components

In Cast-in plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

(1069)
, the horizontal bolt groupgroup of bolts that forms a connecting building object between an assembly main part and secondary parts

The number of bolts in a bolt group depends on the bolt group shape and the values of bolt distances.

position from the end of the secondary beam and the edge distance of bolts is now correctly applied.

TSAC-709 Steel components

In Tube gussetcomponent object that represents a plate that connects braces to a beam, column, or base plate

(20)
, when you define a negative value for the brace length on the connection plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

, the end platecomponent object that represents a plate welded perpendicular to the end of the component secondary part

edge distances from the brace outer edge are now correctly applied.

TSAC-1578 Steel components

In Bolted cap plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

(27)
, the dimensions entered for stiffenercomponent object that represents a structure that strengthens a steel beam or column

Stiffeners are usually plates.

Stiffeners are used to prevent web buckling at supports or concentrated loads.

chamfers are now correctly applied.

TSAC-1635 Steel components

Bolted gussetcomponent object that represents a plate that connects braces to a beam, column, or base plate

(11)
: previously, sometimes there was a gapany space between two objects

The term gap is used in its general sense in Tekla Structures.

between the gusset plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

and the main part(1) part that exists in a building object and that determines the position number for the assembly or cast unit and the direction of assembly or cast unit drawings

(1) Main part can be an assembly main part or a cast unit main part.

(2) input part that the user selects first when creating a component

(2) Connections and details always have a component main part.

. This has now been fixed.

TSAC-1875 Steel components

In Column - 2 beam (14), there were previously issues when you created one plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

and the bolts were placed incorrectly. This has now been fixed.

126105 Steel components

Stub (133) now works when the height of the secondary beam is greater than 1500 mm.

103741 Steel components

In Welded to top flange (147), the finish property of the opposite we stiffenercomponent object that represents a structure that strengthens a steel beam or column

Stiffeners are usually plates.

Stiffeners are used to prevent web buckling at supports or concentrated loads.

is now used correctly.

125517 Steel components

In Base platecomponent object that represents a plate welded to a column base

Base plates are used to distribute the concentrated load of the column over a wider area.

(1004)
, the plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

, leveling plate and shimcomponent object that represents a plate that is used for filling clearances and gaps on the construction site

plates are now positioned correctly as defined. Also, bolts, anchor rods and custom components are now positioned correctly.

129026 Steel components

Battering connection (13) now works reliably with L profiles.

128293 Steel components

In Pipe column and beam panel zone (21), the initial value of the penetrating diaphragm plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

thickness is now improved so that it also takes the upper column thickness into account. Previously, only the lower column thickness was taken into account.

111871 Steel components

In Joist to beam, type 1 (160), it is now possible to create a bearing plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

.

130741 Steel components

Two sided clip anglecomponent object that represents a right angle that is made of a standard L-shaped profile and that connects parts

(143)
: Bolt spacing with weld gapany space between two objects

The term gap is used in its general sense in Tekla Structures.

option is now working correctly.

129422 Steel components

In Railings (S77), the distance that sets the position of the bend end closure of middle rails can now be set to 0.

131574 Steel components

In Cast-in plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

(1069)
, when defining the secondary part(1) part that exists in a building object and that is connected to the main part

(1) Secondary part can be an assembly secondary part or a cast unit secondary part.

(2) input part that the user selects after selecting the component main part when creating a component

(2) A component can have none, one or more component secondary parts.

setbackdistance between a part end and its reference point

In Tekla Structures, knock-off dimensions are an example of setback distances.

, plate washers are now correctly positioned.

TTSD-5316, 131260 Steel components

Previously, if you closed steel1.exe from the taskbar, Tekla Structures stopped working. This has now been fixed.

TSAC-838 Steel components

Objects with polygon cuts are now copied correctly with Radial array tool regardless of how the points to input the polygon cuts are picked.

TSAC-1531 Steel components

In Sheal Pl Simple (35), you can now create round corners for copecut in one component object or input part for receiving another component object or input part

cuts.

TSAC-1772 Steel components

New notchcut in one component object or input part for receiving another component object or input part

(49)
no longer causes a solid error when created.

TSAC-1622 Steel components

In Railing plane to plane (90), the connected parts are now correctly cut.

113323 Steel components

In Bolted gussetcomponent object that represents a plate that connects braces to a beam, column, or base plate

(11)
, the gusset plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

is now correctly placed when secondary parts are rotated.

88193 Steel components

In Splice connection (77), deck support plates are now always created at the top flange when the main and secondary parts are sloped.

122485 Steel components

In Shear Pl simple (35), you can now define an assembly prefix and a start numberfirst number of a numbering series

for the shear tabcomponent object that represents a plate welded to the component main part and bolted to the web of the component secondary part

.

116722 Steel components

In Two side endplate (34), the bolts that are not shared by parts are no longer offset from other bolts when connecting to a rotated main part(1) part that exists in a building object and that determines the position number for the assembly or cast unit and the direction of assembly or cast unit drawings

(1) Main part can be an assembly main part or a cast unit main part.

(2) input part that the user selects first when creating a component

(2) Connections and details always have a component main part.

.

79922 Steel components

In Beam prep (183), the weld backing barcomponent object that represents a structure that facilitates the welding process

Weld backing bars are used, for example, to help contain the weld metal or suspend the structure.

is now correctly positioned for sloped secondary parts.

TSAC-302 Steel components

In Stiffeners (1003) and in Multiple stiffeners (1064), the gapany space between two objects

The term gap is used in its general sense in Tekla Structures.

between stiffenercomponent object that represents a structure that strengthens a steel beam or column

Stiffeners are usually plates.

Stiffeners are used to prevent web buckling at supports or concentrated loads.

and beam is now correctly applied when stiffeners are created at the beam end.

TSAC-2199 Steel components

In Full depth S (185), you can now define the tab plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

end cut on the Plates tab.

117890 Steel components

In Base platecomponent object that represents a plate welded to a column base

Base plates are used to distribute the concentrated load of the column over a wider area.

(1053)
, you can now set the part name of the plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

in the Name box on the Parts tab.

114591 Steel components

In Column with stiffeners W (182), you can now define the gapany space between two objects

The term gap is used in its general sense in Tekla Structures.

between the secondary part(1) part that exists in a building object and that is connected to the main part

(1) Secondary part can be an assembly secondary part or a cast unit secondary part.

(2) input part that the user selects after selecting the component main part when creating a component

(2) A component can have none, one or more component secondary parts.

web and the shear tabcomponent object that represents a plate welded to the component main part and bolted to the web of the component secondary part

on the Plates tab.

79882 Steel components

In Welded to top flange (147), the positions of the top and the bottom weld backing bars are now correct.

113585 Steel components

In U.S. Seatcomponent object that represents a structure upon which a component secondary part rests

connection 2 (73)
, stabilizer weldings can now be defined using welds number 4 and 5.

129708 Steel components

In Bolted gussetcomponent object that represents a plate that connects braces to a beam, column, or base plate

(11),
 the rectangular gusset plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

no longer gets a new ID after you click Modify.

115478 Steel components

In Metsec Mezzanine floor ties (38), a holesmall hollow open throughout a part or assembly that is usually used for fastening parts with bolts or other such objects

Hole is created in the same way as bolts and hole properties are defined in the bolt properties.

is now positioned in the mezzanine floor beam where the rod protrudes through.

131293 Steel components

In Circular base plates (1052), it is now possible to create round cast plates.

130785 Steel components

In Tab plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

(33)
, you can now select in which part the slotted holes are created.

TSAC-180 Steel components

In Beam prep (183), the weld backing barcomponent object that represents a structure that facilitates the welding process

Weld backing bars are used, for example, to help contain the weld metal or suspend the structure.

offset is now correctly applied when the secondary part(1) part that exists in a building object and that is connected to the main part

(1) Secondary part can be an assembly secondary part or a cast unit secondary part.

(2) input part that the user selects after selecting the component main part when creating a component

(2) A component can have none, one or more component secondary parts.

is sloped.

99097 Steel components

In Full depth S (185), the cuts are now created correctly.

82730 Steel components

In Haunchcomponent object that represents a wedge-like structure that strengthens a beam at its end

(40)
, weld number 6 is now in the correct position when the secondary part(1) part that exists in a building object and that is connected to the main part

(1) Secondary part can be an assembly secondary part or a cast unit secondary part.

(2) input part that the user selects after selecting the component main part when creating a component

(2) A component can have none, one or more component secondary parts.

is skewed, and the haunch is made from a profile.

126038 Steel components

In Eaves haunchcomponent object that represents a wedge-like structure that strengthens a beam at its end

(102)
, weld number 6 is now positioned correctly.

48331 Steel components

In U.S. Base platecomponent object that represents a plate welded to a column base

Base plates are used to distribute the concentrated load of the column over a wider area.

connection (71)
, Base plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

(1004)
, U.S. Base plate (1047) and Circular base plates (1052), the delete option for bolts and anchor rods now works correctly.

111879 Steel components

In Joist to beam, type 1 (160), the clearanceset space between objects

In bolted connections, clearance is required for entering and tightening the bolts with an impact wrench. In addition to this, there may be a clearance for a fillet.

In welded connections, clearances are required in order to allow a welder to lay a correct weld.

Reinforcing bar clearance defines the minimum clearance or the allowed overlap for reinforcing bars when they are checked against other objects.

between the main part(1) part that exists in a building object and that determines the position number for the assembly or cast unit and the direction of assembly or cast unit drawings

(1) Main part can be an assembly main part or a cast unit main part.

(2) input part that the user selects first when creating a component

(2) Connections and details always have a component main part.

and secondary part(1) part that exists in a building object and that is connected to the main part

(1) Secondary part can be an assembly secondary part or a cast unit secondary part.

(2) input part that the user selects after selecting the component main part when creating a component

(2) A component can have none, one or more component secondary parts.

's bottom chord now works correctly when the secondary part is sloped or skewed.

130372 Steel components

In U.S. Base platecomponent object that represents a plate welded to a column base

Base plates are used to distribute the concentrated load of the column over a wider area.

(1047)
, the leveling plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

holesmall hollow open throughout a part or assembly that is usually used for fastening parts with bolts or other such objects

Hole is created in the same way as bolts and hole properties are defined in the bolt properties.

diameter is now correctly applied when using bolts.

128957 Steel components

Offshore (9): Welds number 2, number 4 and number 5 are now created on both sides of the secondary part(1) part that exists in a building object and that is connected to the main part

(1) Secondary part can be an assembly secondary part or a cast unit secondary part.

(2) input part that the user selects after selecting the component main part when creating a component

(2) A component can have none, one or more component secondary parts.

web.

91959 Steel components

In Stiffened shear plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

(17)
, stiffenercomponent object that represents a structure that strengthens a steel beam or column

Stiffeners are usually plates.

Stiffeners are used to prevent web buckling at supports or concentrated loads.

chamfers now work correctly.

111551 Steel components

In Multiple stiffeners (1064), you can now define the assembly prefix and start numberfirst number of a numbering series

for the left and right stiffenercomponent object that represents a structure that strengthens a steel beam or column

Stiffeners are usually plates.

Stiffeners are used to prevent web buckling at supports or concentrated loads.

.

132085 Steel components

Shear plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

tube column (189)
no longer crashes when it is used with one secondary part(1) part that exists in a building object and that is connected to the main part

(1) Secondary part can be an assembly secondary part or a cast unit secondary part.

(2) input part that the user selects after selecting the component main part when creating a component

(2) A component can have none, one or more component secondary parts.

and you define the distances between the main part(1) part that exists in a building object and that determines the position number for the assembly or cast unit and the direction of assembly or cast unit drawings

(1) Main part can be an assembly main part or a cast unit main part.

(2) input part that the user selects first when creating a component

(2) Connections and details always have a component main part.

and the shear tabcomponent object that represents a plate welded to the component main part and bolted to the web of the component secondary part

edges.

TSAC-244 Steel components

In Bolted moment connection (134), you can now cut the flange plates parallel to the main part(1) part that exists in a building object and that determines the position number for the assembly or cast unit and the direction of assembly or cast unit drawings

(1) Main part can be an assembly main part or a cast unit main part.

(2) input part that the user selects first when creating a component

(2) Connections and details always have a component main part.

when the secondary part(1) part that exists in a building object and that is connected to the main part

(1) Secondary part can be an assembly secondary part or a cast unit secondary part.

(2) input part that the user selects after selecting the component main part when creating a component

(2) A component can have none, one or more component secondary parts.

is sloped.

TSAC-1719 Steel components

Previously, there was an error when using Bolted gussetcomponent object that represents a plate that connects braces to a beam, column, or base plate

(11)
on an inclined main part(1) part that exists in a building object and that determines the position number for the assembly or cast unit and the direction of assembly or cast unit drawings

(1) Main part can be an assembly main part or a cast unit main part.

(2) input part that the user selects first when creating a component

(2) Connections and details always have a component main part.

. This has now been fixed.

TSAC-2456 Steel components

In Haunchcomponent object that represents a wedge-like structure that strengthens a beam at its end

(40)
, an unwanted chamfer was previously created on the partial stiffenercomponent object that represents a structure that strengthens a steel beam or column

Stiffeners are usually plates.

Stiffeners are used to prevent web buckling at supports or concentrated loads.

. This has now been fixed.

123195 Steel components

In Standard gussetcomponent object that represents a plate that connects braces to a beam, column, or base plate

(1065)
, you can now enter multiple values for bolt spacing, and define the top and bottom edge distance for bolts. 

124170 Steel components

In Seating cap (37), it is now possible to define the material and name for Prim end platecomponent object that represents a plate welded perpendicular to the end of the component secondary part

and Washer plates on the Parts tab.

114786 Steel components

In Clip anglecomponent object that represents a right angle that is made of a standard L-shaped profile and that connects parts

(141)
and Two sided clip angle (143), the option to define the attach type now works correctly in the German environment.

130064 Steel components

In Gusseted cross (62), using double angles at the same time with a plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

connection no longer staggers the gussetcomponent object that represents a plate that connects braces to a beam, column, or base plate

bolts.

118520 Steel components

In Beam prep (183), the welds on the upper and lower flange of the secondary part(1) part that exists in a building object and that is connected to the main part

(1) Secondary part can be an assembly secondary part or a cast unit secondary part.

(2) input part that the user selects after selecting the component main part when creating a component

(2) A component can have none, one or more component secondary parts.

are now correctly created when connecting to the column web.

130702 Steel components

In Base platecomponent object that represents a plate welded to a column base

Base plates are used to distribute the concentrated load of the column over a wider area.

(1004)
, the horizontal slots in shimcomponent object that represents a plate that is used for filling clearances and gaps on the construction site

plates are now correctly created.

92089 Steel components

In Bolted gussetcomponent object that represents a plate that connects braces to a beam, column, or base plate

(11)
, it is now possible to delete bolts on the Brace bolts 1 - 3 tabs.

125252 Steel components

In HSS Brace special (66) and HSS Brace special (67), you can now define the Finish property for all parts.

122177 Steel components

In Column with stiffeners W (182) and Column with stiffeners (188), the gaps between the main part(1) part that exists in a building object and that determines the position number for the assembly or cast unit and the direction of assembly or cast unit drawings

(1) Main part can be an assembly main part or a cast unit main part.

(2) input part that the user selects first when creating a component

(2) Connections and details always have a component main part.

and top or bottom secondary part(1) part that exists in a building object and that is connected to the main part

(1) Secondary part can be an assembly secondary part or a cast unit secondary part.

(2) input part that the user selects after selecting the component main part when creating a component

(2) A component can have none, one or more component secondary parts.

flanges are now correctly applied as defined on the Beam cut tab.

TSAC-2018 Steel components

In Tensioner brace and compression bar (13), the Side where the levels are calculated for parts options are now calculated properly for cut/fitted main parts.

115103 Steel components

In Gusseted cross (62), it is now possible to define slotted holes for the gussetcomponent object that represents a plate that connects braces to a beam, column, or base plate

bolt connection and for bracing connections. For bracing connections, it is possible to define slotted holes separately for the connection plates and L profiles.

125514 Steel components

In Base platecomponent object that represents a plate welded to a column base

Base plates are used to distribute the concentrated load of the column over a wider area.

(1042)
, weld number 2 is now created correctly in all situations.

129770 Steel components

In Base platecomponent object that represents a plate welded to a column base

Base plates are used to distribute the concentrated load of the column over a wider area.

(1004)
, the vertical slots in the shim platecomponent object that represents a plate that is used for filling clearances and gaps on the construction site

now work correctly.

130521 Steel components

In Bolted gussetcomponent object that represents a plate that connects braces to a beam, column, or base plate

(11)
, the gusset offset from bracing is now correctly applied.

83167 Steel components

In End platecomponent object that represents a plate welded perpendicular to the end of the component secondary part

(144)
, the top and bottom notchcut in one component object or input part for receiving another component object or input part

chamfer cuts are now created with the correct dimensions.

130854 Steel components

In Column seating (39), you can now create galvanizing holes in the end platecomponent object that represents a plate welded perpendicular to the end of the component secondary part

on the new Holes tab.

130989 Steel components

In Clip anglecomponent object that represents a right angle that is made of a standard L-shaped profile and that connects parts

(141)
, bolts are now correctly created when you set them to be parallel to the sloped secondary part(1) part that exists in a building object and that is connected to the main part

(1) Secondary part can be an assembly secondary part or a cast unit secondary part.

(2) input part that the user selects after selecting the component main part when creating a component

(2) A component can have none, one or more component secondary parts.

.

TSAC-186 Steel components

In Bolted moment connection (134), welds for stiffeners are now correctly created when connected to the main part(1) part that exists in a building object and that determines the position number for the assembly or cast unit and the direction of assembly or cast unit drawings

(1) Main part can be an assembly main part or a cast unit main part.

(2) input part that the user selects first when creating a component

(2) Connections and details always have a component main part.

flange.

TSAC-583 Steel components

Linear array tool and Radial array tool now correctly copy the user-defined attributes (UDAs) of the original, copied object.

TSAC-1536 Steel components

In Two sided clip anglecomponent object that represents a right angle that is made of a standard L-shaped profile and that connects parts

(143)
, the deletion of bolts now works correctly.

TSAC-1489 Steel components

In Two sided clip anglecomponent object that represents a right angle that is made of a standard L-shaped profile and that connects parts

(143)
, web clearanceset space between objects

In bolted connections, clearance is required for entering and tightening the bolts with an impact wrench. In addition to this, there may be a clearance for a fillet.

In welded connections, clearances are required in order to allow a welder to lay a correct weld.

Reinforcing bar clearance defines the minimum clearance or the allowed overlap for reinforcing bars when they are checked against other objects.

with the weld gapany space between two objects

The term gap is used in its general sense in Tekla Structures.

option on the Parts tab now works correctly.

111364 Steel components

In Spiral stair (S68), the highest step is now in the correct position, and the step outer radius is used in all cases.

127531 Steel components

In Create holesmall hollow open throughout a part or assembly that is usually used for fastening parts with bolts or other such objects

Hole is created in the same way as bolts and hole properties are defined in the bolt properties.

around part (92)
, it is now possible to create exact holes around circular sections.

129776 Steel components

In Splice connection (77), web bolts are now correctly positioned when using staggered bolts.

130226 Steel components

In Seatcomponent object that represents a structure upon which a component secondary part rests

type 9 (73)
, the bolt assemblyset of bolt elements that consists of a bolt, a stud, or a screw, and possibly the related washers and nuts

options on the Bolts tab now work correctly.

131288 Steel components

In Full depth S (185), when the secondary part(1) part that exists in a building object and that is connected to the main part

(1) Secondary part can be an assembly secondary part or a cast unit secondary part.

(2) input part that the user selects after selecting the component main part when creating a component

(2) A component can have none, one or more component secondary parts.

is skewed, the shear tabcomponent object that represents a plate welded to the component main part and bolted to the web of the component secondary part

is now cut correctly parallel to the main part(1) part that exists in a building object and that determines the position number for the assembly or cast unit and the direction of assembly or cast unit drawings

(1) Main part can be an assembly main part or a cast unit main part.

(2) input part that the user selects first when creating a component

(2) Connections and details always have a component main part.

web.

100958 Steel components

In Joist seatcomponent object that represents a structure upon which a component secondary part rests

(58)
, it is now possible to control the bottom chord dimension.

131712 Steel components

In Splice plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

2 (62)
, flange bolts are now correctly created when the main and secondary part(1) part that exists in a building object and that is connected to the main part

(1) Secondary part can be an assembly secondary part or a cast unit secondary part.

(2) input part that the user selects after selecting the component main part when creating a component

(2) A component can have none, one or more component secondary parts.

flanges are offset.

TSAC-784 Steel components

In Joist to Beam and Col. (164), you can now again define the angle position numberidentifier that is assigned to all similar parts, assemblies, cast units, or reinforcement

Position number consists of a prefix, separator, and running number. The prefix is part of the position number, identifying a numbering series. The running number is part of the position number, and is the assigned number in the numbering series, based on the start number. The separator is an optional character, such as a slash, that separates the prefix and the running number.

In Tekla Structures, the position numbers assigned in the numbering are shown in marks and templates, for example.

In the US, the term piece mark or ship mark is used to refer to a position number.

, material and name on the Stabilizer tab.

TSAC-2159 Steel components

In End platecomponent object that represents a plate welded perpendicular to the end of the component secondary part

(29)
, stiffenercomponent object that represents a structure that strengthens a steel beam or column

Stiffeners are usually plates.

Stiffeners are used to prevent web buckling at supports or concentrated loads.

material is now correctly applied.

TSAC-2369 Steel components

In Corner tube gussetcomponent object that represents a plate that connects braces to a beam, column, or base plate

(56)
, you can now separately control the bolt types of Brace bolts 1 and 2 on the gusset side and the bracing side.

TSAC-2452 Steel components

In Rebar holesmall hollow open throughout a part or assembly that is usually used for fastening parts with bolts or other such objects

Hole is created in the same way as bolts and hole properties are defined in the bolt properties.

, when Rounding type on the Parameters tab is set to Round by table and Hole type on the Advanced tab is set to Part cutcut that is defined by a cutting part

or Bolt hole + part cut, if the maximum rebar diameter value in the table is smaller than the rebar diameter defined in the rebar properties, Tekla Structures displayes a warning message: Rebar diameter from table is smaller than the rebar diameter from model.

123424 Steel components

In Base platecomponent object that represents a plate welded to a column base

Base plates are used to distribute the concentrated load of the column over a wider area.

(1042)
, you can now use custom componentcomponent that the user creates and uses for creating model objects whose composition the user can modify as a group

parts for anchor rods.

126199 Steel components

In Shear plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

simple (146)
, the correct number of bolts is now created when using plate washers.

118641 Steel components

In Pipe column and beam panel zone (21), you can now select a new chamfer type, Extra arc, for the corner of the inner diaphragm on the Fabrication Dimensions tab. The chamfered copecut in one component object or input part for receiving another component object or input part

consists of one arc and two straight segments.

129582 Steel components

In Cast-in plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

(1069)
, the bolt orientation option now works when using an angle as the connection type.

92440 Steel components

In Round joining plates (124), it is now possible to create a circle holesmall hollow open throughout a part or assembly that is usually used for fastening parts with bolts or other such objects

Hole is created in the same way as bolts and hole properties are defined in the bolt properties.

in the base platecomponent object that represents a plate welded to a column base

Base plates are used to distribute the concentrated load of the column over a wider area.

when the base plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

is created as a contour platepart whose outline form the user defines by picking three or more points

The user can define the shape of the contour plate parallel to the work plane. The profile in use defines the thickness. The corners of the contour plate can be chamfered.

.

131673 Steel components

In Truss (S78), the bottom chord no longer gets a new ID after you have modified the component.

123399 Steel components

In Stanchion double plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

(87)
, when the part prefix and start numberfirst number of a numbering series

of the connection plate are not defined, the component now uses the setting from File menu > Settings > Options > Components.

TSAC-276 Steel components

In Joining plates (14), when defining shimcomponent object that represents a plate that is used for filling clearances and gaps on the construction site

plates, the end platecomponent object that represents a plate welded perpendicular to the end of the component secondary part

on the main part(1) part that exists in a building object and that determines the position number for the assembly or cast unit and the direction of assembly or cast unit drawings

(1) Main part can be an assembly main part or a cast unit main part.

(2) input part that the user selects first when creating a component

(2) Connections and details always have a component main part.

does not move anymore and the secondary part(1) part that exists in a building object and that is connected to the main part

(1) Secondary part can be an assembly secondary part or a cast unit secondary part.

(2) input part that the user selects after selecting the component main part when creating a component

(2) A component can have none, one or more component secondary parts.

is adapted.

TSAC-1540 Steel components

In Column with stiffeners W (182), the stiffenercomponent object that represents a structure that strengthens a steel beam or column

Stiffeners are usually plates.

Stiffeners are used to prevent web buckling at supports or concentrated loads.

weld preparationcut that is made on the part edge in order to enable a more complete weld penetration which provides a stronger joint

now works properly.

122802 Steel components

In Spiral stair (S68), the number of turns is now correct with both the clockwise and counter clockwise setting. The positions of inner toe profiles are now also correct with the clockwise setting.

116847 Steel components

In Two sided end platecomponent object that represents a plate welded perpendicular to the end of the component secondary part

(142)
, the safety connections now work correctly when end plates are extended above or below the secondary parts flanges.

129807 Steel components

In Base platecomponent object that represents a plate welded to a column base

Base plates are used to distribute the concentrated load of the column over a wider area.

(1004)
, Stiffened base plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

(1014)
and Web stiffened base plate (1016), it is now possible to set the rotation type and rotation value for the shear keycomponent object that represents a short steel part welded to the bottom of a base plate

profile.

83642 Steel components

In U.S. Base platecomponent object that represents a plate welded to a column base

Base plates are used to distribute the concentrated load of the column over a wider area.

(1047)
, increasing the bolt pattern size (spacing) now automatically increases the plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

size.

130965 Steel components

In Column with stiffeners W (182), Column with stiffeners (186), Column with stiffeners S (187) and Column with stiffeners (188), the assembly prefix and start numberfirst number of a numbering series

are now correctly applied when connecting to the column flange.

130855 Steel components

In Seating cap (37), you can now create galvanizing holes in the end platecomponent object that represents a plate welded perpendicular to the end of the component secondary part

on the new Holes tab.

TSAC-312 Steel components

In Turnbuckle bracing (S3), the rod depth offset is now correctly applied.

TSAC-586 Steel components

When using Radial array tool to copy objects, the polygon cuts, line cuts and fittings now work correctly when the copied object clashes with the original objects or neighboring parts.

TSAC-1482 Steel components

In Wraparound gussetcomponent object that represents a plate that connects braces to a beam, column, or base plate

(58)
, the end gusset bolted to the beam or column does not disappear anymore.

TSAC-1559 Steel components

In Base platecomponent object that represents a plate welded to a column base

Base plates are used to distribute the concentrated load of the column over a wider area.

(1004)
, the deletion of custom components now works correctly.

127954 Organizer

In Organizertool that is used for categorizing and managing model information, object properties and object property queries, and model object classification

Organizer consists of two tools, object browser and categories.

, when you had a category with a filter that referred to a Project category to use the Project category content, and you changed the object content of the Project category, only the second Organizer synchronization updated the object content of the category using the filter. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-18533 Organizer

Previously, opening Organizertool that is used for categorizing and managing model information, object properties and object property queries, and model object classification

Organizer consists of two tools, object browser and categories.

in models that included very large assemblies took a long time or was altogether impossible. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-15836 Organizer

Previously, Organizertool that is used for categorizing and managing model information, object properties and object property queries, and model object classification

Organizer consists of two tools, object browser and categories.

synchronization did not notice when a rebar set was modified by using direct modificationfunction that activates the mode where the model objects can be modified by using handles

Direct modification enables additional handles and modification options.

or by deleting rebars from the rebar set. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-18471 Organizer

Previously, if the original reference modelmodel which the designer can use as an aid when building another model

A reference model is created in Tekla Structures or in other software and can be inserted to Tekla Structures. The reference model appears together with the model but it is not modified by Tekla Structures. The user can snap to reference model points.

For example, an architectural model, a plant design model, or a heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning (HVAC) model can be a reference model.

file was deleted, the reference model objects were not added to Organizertool that is used for categorizing and managing model information, object properties and object property queries, and model object classification

Organizer consists of two tools, object browser and categories.

categories. This has now been fixed.

129431 Organizer

In Organizertool that is used for categorizing and managing model information, object properties and object property queries, and model object classification

Organizer consists of two tools, object browser and categories.

, one of the commands to view the categories in Object Browsertool in Organizer used to inquire, view, and report model information based on selected model objects

is now always selected.

Previously, you could deactivate the selected command by clicking it so that none of the commands was selected.

TTSD-3685 Organizer

In some cases, the values of properties with predefined options were not written correctly to the model objects from the property categories. This has now been fixed.

129367 Organizer

In Organizertool that is used for categorizing and managing model information, object properties and object property queries, and model object classification

Organizer consists of two tools, object browser and categories.

, the Color set button now works correctly and visualizes the Object Browsertool in Organizer used to inquire, view, and report model information based on selected model objects

groups using the color set defined in the property templatedefinition of object property layout for the property table in object browser

The property template is saved in an .xml file or in the Organizer database.

.

TTSD-3389 Organizer

PROJECT.DATE_START, PROJECT.DATE_END and PROJECT.NUMBER now work again in Organizertool that is used for categorizing and managing model information, object properties and object property queries, and model object classification

Organizer consists of two tools, object browser and categories.

templates.

TTSD-8270 Organizer

Previously, when you had selected to show objects from the model, Object Browsertool in Organizer used to inquire, view, and report model information based on selected model objects

showed the deleted objects even if you reloaded the view or synchronized Organizertool that is used for categorizing and managing model information, object properties and object property queries, and model object classification

Organizer consists of two tools, object browser and categories.

. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-3331 Organizer

Previously, reference modelmodel which the designer can use as an aid when building another model

A reference model is created in Tekla Structures or in other software and can be inserted to Tekla Structures. The reference model appears together with the model but it is not modified by Tekla Structures. The user can snap to reference model points.

For example, an architectural model, a plant design model, or a heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning (HVAC) model can be a reference model.

data change was not available in Organizertool that is used for categorizing and managing model information, object properties and object property queries, and model object classification

Organizer consists of two tools, object browser and categories.

if the reference model was inserted by using a base pointpoint in a model that is used to define a starting point in surveying and that is used as an anchor point in coordinate and height transformations

A Tekla Structures project can have several base points but only one of them can be the project base point.

Base points allow the use of another coordinate system needed for interoperability and collaboration. Base points can also be used in drawings, and in reports and templates. Model origin is the default base point in Tekla Structures.

Base points are also called control points.

, and the base point was changed to another base point. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-3256 Organizer

In Organizertool that is used for categorizing and managing model information, object properties and object property queries, and model object classification

Organizer consists of two tools, object browser and categories.

, UDAs with options now work in property categories without adding a new UDAobject property created by the user in order to widen the range of predefined object properties

User-defined attributes are used when the predefined object properties are not sufficient but more properties are needed. For example, comment, locked, and erection status are user-defined attributes.

for reporting. Use the UDA - <property name> format of the UDA to write the properties to the objects. To get the correct report result in Object Browsertool in Organizer used to inquire, view, and report model information based on selected model objects

, use the same property without UDA in the name.

TTSD-19256 Organizer

In Organizertool that is used for categorizing and managing model information, object properties and object property queries, and model object classification

Organizer consists of two tools, object browser and categories.

, the content of categories that have filters in the category rules is now updated correctly when synchronizing with the model. Previously, if you exploded a component in the model, the category content was not updated correctly.

TTSD-3786 Organizer

In Organizertool that is used for categorizing and managing model information, object properties and object property queries, and model object classification

Organizer consists of two tools, object browser and categories.

, if the Always synchronize Organizer with the model when opening option was selected in Organizer settings, the content of custom categories was not stored when you closed and reopened Organizer during a Tekla Structures session, or when reopening the model. This has now been fixed. The object propertiesproperties associated with an object type

Usually a single object property includes a default value that the user can modify.

are loaded correctly and shown in Object Browsertool in Organizer used to inquire, view, and report model information based on selected model objects

.

TTSD-19633 Organizer

In Organizertool that is used for categorizing and managing model information, object properties and object property queries, and model object classification

Organizer consists of two tools, object browser and categories.

, when you clicked  and moved the mouse over the Color set command, the command stayed highlighted even when you moved the mouse away from the command. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-11585 Organizer

Organizertool that is used for categorizing and managing model information, object properties and object property queries, and model object classification

Organizer consists of two tools, object browser and categories.

does not write headers and footers to Excel pages anymore. Users can now define their own headers and footers in Excel.

TTSD-3250 Organizer

Object Browsertool in Organizer used to inquire, view, and report model information based on selected model objects

now shows the single property values correctly on grouped rows. Previously, the single property value was not always updated when the related settings were changed.

126694 Organizer

Previously, small inaccuracies in the coordinates of the gridmodeling aid that represents a three-dimensional complex of horizontal and vertical planes

In Tekla Structures, grids are used as an aid in locating objects in a model. The grid is shown on the view plane by dash-and-dot lines. It is also possible to show grids and grid line labels in drawings, and to modify grid properties in the drawings.

It is possible to have more than one grid in a model. For example, a large-scale grid for the entire structure, and smaller grids for some detailed sections.

could cause Organizertool that is used for categorizing and managing model information, object properties and object property queries, and model object classification

Organizer consists of two tools, object browser and categories.

not to open. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-3988 Organizer

Previously, Organizertool that is used for categorizing and managing model information, object properties and object property queries, and model object classification

Organizer consists of two tools, object browser and categories.

could not synchronize single categories correctly when objects were selected in the model. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-17116 Organizer

Previously, an invalid assembly in the model could prevent Organizertool that is used for categorizing and managing model information, object properties and object property queries, and model object classification

Organizer consists of two tools, object browser and categories.

from opening. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-18179 Organizer

Sometimes, the filters used in Organizertool that is used for categorizing and managing model information, object properties and object property queries, and model object classification

Organizer consists of two tools, object browser and categories.

categories were not synchronized correctly if only the parent of an object was modified in the model. This has now been fixed.

127196 Organizer

In Organizertool that is used for categorizing and managing model information, object properties and object property queries, and model object classification

Organizer consists of two tools, object browser and categories.

, the latest object propertiesproperties associated with an object type

Usually a single object property includes a default value that the user can modify.

are now by default updated to Object Browsertool in Organizer used to inquire, view, and report model information based on selected model objects

for the export to Excel. The Update object properties from model option in the Export data to Excel dialog box is by default selected.

TTSD-17482 Organizer

In some cases, parent category could have had references to non-existing subcategories which prevented the opening of Organizertool that is used for categorizing and managing model information, object properties and object property queries, and model object classification

Organizer consists of two tools, object browser and categories.

. This has now been fixed.

129562 Organizer

In Organizertool that is used for categorizing and managing model information, object properties and object property queries, and model object classification

Organizer consists of two tools, object browser and categories.

, the CLASSpart property that groups parts according to identifiers given by the user

The identifiers of classes are usually numbers. Classes can be used for defining the color of parts in the model, for example. Class does not influence the numbering of model objects.

_ATTR
 property now works correctly.

TTSD-14141 Organizer

Previously, Organizertool that is used for categorizing and managing model information, object properties and object property queries, and model object classification

Organizer consists of two tools, object browser and categories.

synchronization sometimes failed with some rebar sets. This has now been fixed.

131928 Task Manager

In Task Managertool that enables the linking of temporal data to a model

The task manager can be used to create, save, and manage tasks that are used to create a schedule.

Model objects can be added to the tasks. Organizer categories can be used to select the model objects that will be added to the tasks.

, the performance of the Copy value and Paste value commands has been improved.

127840 Task Manager

In Task managertool that enables the linking of temporal data to a model

The task manager can be used to create, save, and manage tasks that are used to create a schedule.

Model objects can be added to the tasks. Organizer categories can be used to select the model objects that will be added to the tasks.

, the subtasks of the selected tasks are now automatically locked if you lockto prevent unwanted action in a model or a drawing

It is possible to lock model objects, reference models, and drawings, for example.

the selected tasks. Previously, only the selected tasks were locked.

130549 Task Manager

In Task managertool that enables the linking of temporal data to a model

The task manager can be used to create, save, and manage tasks that are used to create a schedule.

Model objects can be added to the tasks. Organizer categories can be used to select the model objects that will be added to the tasks.

, the activity code is now correctly copied when you create a copy of a taskin the task manager, a representation of a piece of work that needs to be carried out in order to complete a project

.

127469 Task Manager

When copying tasks without objects in Task managertool that enables the linking of temporal data to a model

The task manager can be used to create, save, and manage tasks that are used to create a schedule.

Model objects can be added to the tasks. Organizer categories can be used to select the model objects that will be added to the tasks.

, the value in the Quantity column in the Task manager table is now correctly shown as 0,0.

132253 Task Manager

Previously, an error occurred in Task managertool that enables the linking of temporal data to a model

The task manager can be used to create, save, and manage tasks that are used to create a schedule.

Model objects can be added to the tasks. Organizer categories can be used to select the model objects that will be added to the tasks.

when you opened and closed Task manager in the current modelmodel that is active in Tekla Structures

The current model can be a single-user model, a shared model or a working model.

, and then created a new model and opened Taskin the task manager, a representation of a piece of work that needs to be carried out in order to complete a project

manager 
again. This has now been fixed.

47046 Task Manager

In Task managertool that enables the linking of temporal data to a model

The task manager can be used to create, save, and manage tasks that are used to create a schedule.

Model objects can be added to the tasks. Organizer categories can be used to select the model objects that will be added to the tasks.

, it was previously possible to delete tasks that were locked. This has now changed. Locked tasks cannot be deleted.

132067 Task Manager

Previously, deleting a scenarioview in the task manager which includes the tasks chosen and the task information defined by the user for a certain purpose

In different scenarios users can define alternative workflows by adding different tasks or dependencies between the tasks.

A scenario may include the tasks belonging to an entire project or a certain project phase, such as design, fabrication, or erection. In addition, a scenario may be related to certain deliverables, such as footings, a frame, or an HVAC (heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning) system.

in Task Managertool that enables the linking of temporal data to a model

The task manager can be used to create, save, and manage tasks that are used to create a schedule.

Model objects can be added to the tasks. Organizer categories can be used to select the model objects that will be added to the tasks.

could cause Task Manager to crash and Tekla Structures to stop working. This happened especially if you deleted an empty scenario. This has now been fixed.

130934 Task Manager

In Task managertool that enables the linking of temporal data to a model

The task manager can be used to create, save, and manage tasks that are used to create a schedule.

Model objects can be added to the tasks. Organizer categories can be used to select the model objects that will be added to the tasks.

, you can now again create subtasks for collapsed tasks.

126658 Task Manager

In Task managertool that enables the linking of temporal data to a model

The task manager can be used to create, save, and manage tasks that are used to create a schedule.

Model objects can be added to the tasks. Organizer categories can be used to select the model objects that will be added to the tasks.

, when you click   to calculate the planned dates for the objects in the taskin the task manager, a representation of a piece of work that needs to be carried out in order to complete a project

, the subtasks of the selected task are also updated.

131461 Task Manager

Task Managertool that enables the linking of temporal data to a model

The task manager can be used to create, save, and manage tasks that are used to create a schedule.

Model objects can be added to the tasks. Organizer categories can be used to select the model objects that will be added to the tasks.

now works faster during many operations, for example when refreshing tasks, creating tasks, adding or removing objects from a taskin the task manager, a representation of a piece of work that needs to be carried out in order to complete a project

, and changing the task typetask information that reflects the category into which tasks can be classified in order to apply the same settings to all of them

Examples of task types in the task manager include formwork, reinforcement, pour, and cast-in-place.

.

TSAC-714 Task Manager

In Task managertool that enables the linking of temporal data to a model

The task manager can be used to create, save, and manage tasks that are used to create a schedule.

Model objects can be added to the tasks. Organizer categories can be used to select the model objects that will be added to the tasks.

, subtasks are now created with correct planned dates according to the planned dates of selected higher-level taskin the task manager, a representation of a piece of work that needs to be carried out in order to complete a project

.

130959 Task Manager

In Task managertool that enables the linking of temporal data to a model

The task manager can be used to create, save, and manage tasks that are used to create a schedule.

Model objects can be added to the tasks. Organizer categories can be used to select the model objects that will be added to the tasks.

, creating a dependency in the Gantt chartdiagram that displays the schedule related to a scenario in a graphic form

could cause all the tasks to disappear and Task manager to stop working. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-4078 Import, export, interoperability

If the IFCfile format commonly used in BIM that facilitates software interoperability

IFC is an open specification developed by the IAI (International Alliance for Interoperability).

Model can be exported into an IFC file.

object conversion setting Create report after conversion is disabled, changes list will no longer be displayed.

130007 Import, export, interoperability

The HMS export is now available in the  Production Planner - Concrete configuration.

123147 Import, export, interoperability

When you selected the option Both side holes as the Pop-mark location, some pop-marks were missing. This has now been fixed.

TSAC-1592 Import, export, interoperability

Eliplan Export (68): The export log now contains detailed information about unmapped records.

TTSD-15599 Import, export, interoperability

In reference modelmodel which the designer can use as an aid when building another model

A reference model is created in Tekla Structures or in other software and can be inserted to Tekla Structures. The reference model appears together with the model but it is not modified by Tekla Structures. The user can snap to reference model points.

For example, an architectural model, a plant design model, or a heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning (HVAC) model can be a reference model.

change detection, the reference model rotation changes are now detected better.

TTSD-22387 Import, export, interoperability

When manually importing a new profile through the Modify Profile Catalogcatalog that displays profiles and information on the profiles

In addition to the available profiles in the respective Tekla Structures environment, the user can add fixed or parametric user-defined profiles to the profile catalog. It is also possible to import profiles to the profile catalog.

dialog box using the Replace option, all parts in the model could sometimes get unintentionally modified. Now all unaffected parts remain untouched after the import.

TTSD-12432 Import, export, interoperability

Filtering with object GUID for reference modelmodel which the designer can use as an aid when building another model

A reference model is created in Tekla Structures or in other software and can be inserted to Tekla Structures. The reference model appears together with the model but it is not modified by Tekla Structures. The user can snap to reference model points.

For example, an architectural model, a plant design model, or a heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning (HVAC) model can be a reference model.

was not working in area select. This has now been fixed.

114449 Import, export, interoperability

New option Convert I profile to T profile when flange is missing was added in the NC Filefile that contains information gathered from a model and exported to computer numerical controlled fabrication machinery

Tekla Structures produces NC files in several formats, for example, DSTV.

Settings
dialog box on the Advanced Optionssettings used to customize Tekla Structures for specific companies, standards, users, or user groups

In Tekla Structures, advanced options are settings that are used, for example, in a specific project or geographical area, or by a specific company.

In Tekla Structures, advanced options usually begin with the initials XS and are followed by the name of the function, for example XS_BACKGROUND_COLOR.

tab. Using this setting you can select whether to convert  I profiles to T profiles when a flange is missing. The options are Yes and No (default).

TTSD-3233 Import, export, interoperability

Parametric profiles that were not found from the cataloguser interface for displaying or modifying information in categorized lists

For example, profile catalog and shape catalog are catalogs.

were not converted properly in the IFCfile format commonly used in BIM that facilitates software interoperability

IFC is an open specification developed by the IAI (International Alliance for Interoperability).

Model can be exported into an IFC file.

object conversion. This has now been fixed.

110232 Import, export, interoperability

When you had set XS_DSTV_NUMBER_OF_PARTS_BY_SELECTION to TRUE and  XS_USE_ASSEMBLY_NUMBER_FOR to LOOSE_PARTS, the quantity of the pieces in the NC header was calculated incorrectly, based on all parts in the model instead of the selected parts. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-4638 Import, export, interoperability

Save as did not handle plan databases correctly. This has now been fixed.

124792 Import, export, interoperability

When you exported a plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

with attached parts and bolt groups, the first bolt groupgroup of bolts that forms a connecting building object between an assembly main part and secondary parts

The number of bolts in a bolt group depends on the bolt group shape and the values of bolt distances.

was offset incorrectly. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-3202 Import, export, interoperability

Work planeplane that the user has chosen in a model and that is currently active for working on in a model view

Newly created, copied, or moved model objects comply with the work plane. For example, shifting the work plane to follow a sloped plane makes it easier to model sloped structures.

symbol in view moved to default location in the view after importing a reference modelmodel which the designer can use as an aid when building another model

A reference model is created in Tekla Structures or in other software and can be inserted to Tekla Structures. The reference model appears together with the model but it is not modified by Tekla Structures. The user can snap to reference model points.

For example, an architectural model, a plant design model, or a heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning (HVAC) model can be a reference model.

. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-3328 Import, export, interoperability

You can now assign ToDo notes to other members of the same project.

127818 Import, export, interoperability

In NC export, the main part(1) part that exists in a building object and that determines the position number for the assembly or cast unit and the direction of assembly or cast unit drawings

(1) Main part can be an assembly main part or a cast unit main part.

(2) input part that the user selects first when creating a component

(2) Connections and details always have a component main part.

profile type and  secondary part(1) part that exists in a building object and that is connected to the main part

(1) Secondary part can be an assembly secondary part or a cast unit secondary part.

(2) input part that the user selects after selecting the component main part when creating a component

(2) A component can have none, one or more component secondary parts.

profile type in contour markinginformation written in an NC file that passes information to the NC machine on the layout and the parts that are welded or bolted together

Tekla Structures contour marking does not work on polybeams.

were sometimes not identified correctly. This has now been fixed.

TSAC-187 Import, export, interoperability

Support for holes and hardstamps was added to NC files. Previously, the holes were created only if the NC Filefile that contains information gathered from a model and exported to computer numerical controlled fabrication machinery

Tekla Structures produces NC files in several formats, for example, DSTV.

Settings
dialog box was open.

TTSD-12595 Import, export, interoperability

Exporting a drawing to DWG now sets the plot date when XS_DISABLE_DRAWING_PLOT_DATE is set to FALSE.

TTSD-13669 Import, export, interoperability

When you copied multiple drawing views to other drawing views, the view relationships could sometimes get broken, and drawing export no longer worked, for example. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-6949 Import, export, interoperability

The image files are now named correctly in Export Drawings.

TSAC-1156 Import, export, interoperability

Eliplan Export (68): You can now export gross area as net area by selecting Gross area for the option Net area calculation on the Data content tab.

TTSD-17998 Import, export, interoperability

In DWG export, the exported block names now contain a drawing id.

123169 Import, export, interoperability

Importing some .dwg files in drawings caused an applicationpart of Tekla Structures functionality that is developed in order to extend the capability of Tekla Structures but that is not included in the Tekla Structures installation

error. This has now been fixed.

130535 Import, export, interoperability

Surface objects and surface treatmentbuilding object that represents finishing of a part

The term surface treatment is used in concrete detailing. For concrete parts surface treatment includes surface mixes, tiles, and flat finishes, such as troweling and sandblasting.

The term surface finish is used in steel detailing. For steel parts surface finishes include fire-proofing and unpainted areas.

now show the colors correctly after export.

TTSD-4060 Import, export, interoperability

Some DWG files failed at import into the Shape Catalogcatalog that displays a list of predefined item shapes

The shapes are modeled using software other than Tekla Structures, for example SketchUp.

. This has now been fixed.

TSAC-710, TSAC-708, TSAC-697, 132426, 132415, TSAC-565 Import, export, interoperability

Unitechnik Export (79) contains the following improvements:

  • Values that are exported in the SLABDATE block are now checked against Unitechnik format constraints for character amount. When any limits are exceeded, user is notified via a console or log file.

  • On the HEADER block data specification tab, it is now possible to specify building site and building owner name, address, post code and city/town.

  • Cage reinforcement main dimensions are now exported in cage's coordinate system instead of the pallet's coordinate system, according to the Unitechnik 6.1.0 specifications.

  • ​When exporting rebar as mount part with option Cut outer assemblies, now the correct geometry of rebar is exported.

  • ​When you used rotation in export, the line attribute override did not take rotation in to account. This has now been fixed.

  • Embeds tab: Cuts that have been specified with a classpart property that groups parts according to identifiers given by the user

    The identifiers of classes are usually numbers. Classes can be used for defining the color of parts in the model, for example. Class does not influence the numbering of model objects.

    can now be exported in the MOUNT PART block with the option Cutpart former.

TTSD-3201, 128314 Import, export, interoperability

The Zoom to selected functionality did not work correctly when work planeplane that the user has chosen in a model and that is currently active for working on in a model view

Newly created, copied, or moved model objects comply with the work plane. For example, shifting the work plane to follow a sloped plane makes it easier to model sloped structures.

was changed in Trimble Connectorfeature that enables interoperability between Tekla Structures and Trimble Connect application

. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-12140 Import, export, interoperability

The IFCfile format commonly used in BIM that facilitates software interoperability

IFC is an open specification developed by the IAI (International Alliance for Interoperability).

Model can be exported into an IFC file.

object conversion for model objects inserted using base pointpoint in a model that is used to define a starting point in surveying and that is used as an anchor point in coordinate and height transformations

A Tekla Structures project can have several base points but only one of them can be the project base point.

Base points allow the use of another coordinate system needed for interoperability and collaboration. Base points can also be used in drawings, and in reports and templates. Model origin is the default base point in Tekla Structures.

Base points are also called control points.

sometimes failed. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-23264 Import, export, interoperability

The IFCfile format commonly used in BIM that facilitates software interoperability

IFC is an open specification developed by the IAI (International Alliance for Interoperability).

Model can be exported into an IFC file.

object conversion update now keeps the user-created part cuts.

129680 Import, export, interoperability

In Unitechnik export (79), embeds are now properly cut when their height is greater than the related concrete element.

130534 Import, export, interoperability

IFCfile format commonly used in BIM that facilitates software interoperability

IFC is an open specification developed by the IAI (International Alliance for Interoperability).

Model can be exported into an IFC file.

properties now support the IfcCovering entity. This entity represents surface objects and surface treatmentbuilding object that represents finishing of a part

The term surface treatment is used in concrete detailing. For concrete parts surface treatment includes surface mixes, tiles, and flat finishes, such as troweling and sandblasting.

The term surface finish is used in steel detailing. For steel parts surface finishes include fire-proofing and unpainted areas.

objects.

TSAC-686 Import, export, interoperability

Export EliPlan (68): Slabs narrowed by cutting are now exported correctly regardless of the modeling direction. Slabs narrowed by cutting are now oriented systematically, thereby having other cuts and plotting also positioned correctly. If thre is one narrowed sidet, it will be the side with length L2.

TTSD-10523 Import, export, interoperability

The reference modelmodel which the designer can use as an aid when building another model

A reference model is created in Tekla Structures or in other software and can be inserted to Tekla Structures. The reference model appears together with the model but it is not modified by Tekla Structures. The user can snap to reference model points.

For example, an architectural model, a plant design model, or a heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning (HVAC) model can be a reference model.

file and/or path name contained '5C' code of Japanese character, which a Tekla Structures applicationpart of Tekla Structures functionality that is developed in order to extend the capability of Tekla Structures but that is not included in the Tekla Structures installation

error. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-4939 Import, export, interoperability

In IFCfile format commonly used in BIM that facilitates software interoperability

IFC is an open specification developed by the IAI (International Alliance for Interoperability).

Model can be exported into an IFC file.

object conversion, conversion as extrusion now works again. Previously, extrusion profile mapping did not work, or in some cases, the conversion as extrusion did not work at all.

130788, TTSD-4777 Import, export, interoperability

SketchUp export no longer crashes when you export a bent plate(1) part that is created from contour plates, or beams whose profile is a plate

(1) Bent plates can be conical or cylindrical.

Curved beams, spiral beams, or deformed parts cannot be used for creating a bent plate.

(2) component object that represents an angle that is bent from a plate and that connects parts

.

129070 Import, export, interoperability

Earlier the export of TFL file from Layout Managertool that is used to import and export layout data between Tekla Structures and field layout devices

Layout manager enables the use of accurate model point and line data on the construction site.

was empty. Now this has been fixed.

TTSD-21384 Import, export, interoperability

In the IFC2x3 export, the surface treatmentbuilding object that represents finishing of a part

The term surface treatment is used in concrete detailing. For concrete parts surface treatment includes surface mixes, tiles, and flat finishes, such as troweling and sandblasting.

The term surface finish is used in steel detailing. For steel parts surface finishes include fire-proofing and unpainted areas.

to all faces of the part is now properly written to the IFCfile format commonly used in BIM that facilitates software interoperability

IFC is an open specification developed by the IAI (International Alliance for Interoperability).

Model can be exported into an IFC file.

model.

TTSD-4217, 130513 Import, export, interoperability

Spaces in IFCfile format commonly used in BIM that facilitates software interoperability

IFC is an open specification developed by the IAI (International Alliance for Interoperability).

Model can be exported into an IFC file.

property set file names did not work. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-3972 Import, export, interoperability

IFC4 export now exports cuts and openings when you select the export type Reference view. They are considered reference information, and that is why are not shown in IFCfile format commonly used in BIM that facilitates software interoperability

IFC is an open specification developed by the IAI (International Alliance for Interoperability).

Model can be exported into an IFC file.

file viewers.

TTSD-6638 Import, export, interoperability

The following problems were fixed:
If you clicked a model viewview that is represented in the modeling mode

Model view is available also in the drawing mode and it is represented in its own window.

during the ToDo creation, Tekla Structures sometimes crashed.
If a base pointpoint in a model that is used to define a starting point in surveying and that is used as an anchor point in coordinate and height transformations

A Tekla Structures project can have several base points but only one of them can be the project base point.

Base points allow the use of another coordinate system needed for interoperability and collaboration. Base points can also be used in drawings, and in reports and templates. Model origin is the default base point in Tekla Structures.

Base points are also called control points.

had a numeric name, the model originglobal coordinate system point of origin used for the model

Model origin is the default project base point.

was used when the IFCfile format commonly used in BIM that facilitates software interoperability

IFC is an open specification developed by the IAI (International Alliance for Interoperability).

Model can be exported into an IFC file.

file was created.

TTSD-18689 Import, export, interoperability

In IFCfile format commonly used in BIM that facilitates software interoperability

IFC is an open specification developed by the IAI (International Alliance for Interoperability).

Model can be exported into an IFC file.

object conversion settings, the Primary profile mapping and Tolerance values were not always visible in the dialog box. This has now been fixed.

130340 Import, export, interoperability

In BVBS export, any tapered groups where the bar legs have the same length are now  exported as a ‘normal’ group. If the length of the legs varies linearly or regularly, the bars are exported as 'stepped bars', regardless of the group type or spacing type.

If you set the option Export stepped bars as separate items to Yes, the 'stepped bars' are exported as separate items with sub-item numbers. Groups where bar legs have the same length are still exported as a ‘normal’ group (not as separate items) regardless of the group type or spacing type.

130533 Import, export, interoperability

You can now export surface objects into a partial IFCfile format commonly used in BIM that facilitates software interoperability

IFC is an open specification developed by the IAI (International Alliance for Interoperability).

Model can be exported into an IFC file.

model without the related main part(1) part that exists in a building object and that determines the position number for the assembly or cast unit and the direction of assembly or cast unit drawings

(1) Main part can be an assembly main part or a cast unit main part.

(2) input part that the user selects first when creating a component

(2) Connections and details always have a component main part.

or pour objectbuilding object that is formed of one or more cast-in-place concrete parts, or a part of a cast-in-place concrete part

The cast-in-place concrete parts are merged into one pour object if they have the same material grade and pour phase, and if they touch each other. Pour objects are visible in pour view.

.

131034 Import, export, interoperability

In Unitechnik Export (79), you can now choose values for HEADER block project line 1 and project line 2.

131172 Import, export, interoperability

In Unitechnik Export (79), when you export meshes by using the setting Turned to pallet, the meshes are now exported so that the longest bars are parallel to pallet X axis.

TTSD-11708 Import, export, interoperability

Reference modelmodel which the designer can use as an aid when building another model

A reference model is created in Tekla Structures or in other software and can be inserted to Tekla Structures. The reference model appears together with the model but it is not modified by Tekla Structures. The user can snap to reference model points.

For example, an architectural model, a plant design model, or a heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning (HVAC) model can be a reference model.

change detection sometimes showed also the old versions of all changed objects. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-15724 Import, export, interoperability

Loading a reference modelmodel which the designer can use as an aid when building another model

A reference model is created in Tekla Structures or in other software and can be inserted to Tekla Structures. The reference model appears together with the model but it is not modified by Tekla Structures. The user can snap to reference model points.

For example, an architectural model, a plant design model, or a heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning (HVAC) model can be a reference model.

update sometimes crashed Tekla Structures. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-17763 Import, export, interoperability

In IFCfile format commonly used in BIM that facilitates software interoperability

IFC is an open specification developed by the IAI (International Alliance for Interoperability).

Model can be exported into an IFC file.

object conversion, date now works when copying date type properties to UDAs that are defined as Date. In IFC object conversion settings, the type needs to be set as integer.

124648 Import, export, interoperability

IFCfile format commonly used in BIM that facilitates software interoperability

IFC is an open specification developed by the IAI (International Alliance for Interoperability).

Model can be exported into an IFC file.

beams with arbitrary profiles were sometimes converted to incorrect position if the profile had been recognized as parametric. This has now been fixed.

131107 Import, export, interoperability

You can now specify user-defined codes for 1st and 2nd stage of double walls for Unitechnik (78) export. You can select Double wallplate that represents a structure such as a wall or roof panel

In Tekla Structures, a panel is created by picking two or more points.

In cast-in-place concrete the term wall refers to a concept similar to panel.

(1st stage)
or Double wall (2nd stage) from the Product type list in the panel user-defined attributes dialog box on the Unitechnik tab.

132427 Import, export, interoperability

The BVBS export no longer stops when some reinforcement has invalid geometry. When this happens, the invalid reinforcement is ignored in the export, and an error message with object id is shown in the log.

TTSD-10603 Import, export, interoperability

Polybeampart of a certain shape that is created as a continuous chain of beams passing through points that the user picks

The segments of the polybeam are straight, but segment intersections can be curved. For example, a beam that follows a zigzag line is a polybeam.

IFCfile format commonly used in BIM that facilitates software interoperability

IFC is an open specification developed by the IAI (International Alliance for Interoperability).

Model can be exported into an IFC file.

object conversion now works.

TTSD-7136 Import, export, interoperability

Tekla Structures now shows a confirmation message when you delete shapes from the shape catalogcatalog that displays a list of predefined item shapes

The shapes are modeled using software other than Tekla Structures, for example SketchUp.

.

127249 Import, export, interoperability

Pop-marks for plates with holes were created incorrectly in NC files. This has now been fixed.

128303 Import, export, interoperability

Standard U profiles with sloped flanges are now recognized in IFCfile format commonly used in BIM that facilitates software interoperability

IFC is an open specification developed by the IAI (International Alliance for Interoperability).

Model can be exported into an IFC file.

object conversion.

TTSD-3204, 129922 Import, export, interoperability

The synchronize button did not always update the ToDo list. This has now been fixed.

131221 Import, export, interoperability

In Unitechnik Export (79), you can now export spacer type information by using the new option Spacer type on the Reinforcement tab.

TTSD-14481 Import, export, interoperability

IFCfile format commonly used in BIM that facilitates software interoperability

IFC is an open specification developed by the IAI (International Alliance for Interoperability).

Model can be exported into an IFC file.

reference models sometimes caused slowness with large models, which has now been fixed in IFC plug-in version 4.35. Remember to disable the rollover highlight in File > Settings > Switches to make large reference models usable.

TTSD-14573 Import, export, interoperability

If you had the Select objects in components switch activated during DGN reference modelmodel which the designer can use as an aid when building another model

A reference model is created in Tekla Structures or in other software and can be inserted to Tekla Structures. The reference model appears together with the model but it is not modified by Tekla Structures. The user can snap to reference model points.

For example, an architectural model, a plant design model, or a heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning (HVAC) model can be a reference model.

clash check, no clashes were found. This has now been fixed.

128143 Import, export, interoperability

IFCfile format commonly used in BIM that facilitates software interoperability

IFC is an open specification developed by the IAI (International Alliance for Interoperability).

Model can be exported into an IFC file.

parts with L-shaped arbitrary profile are now correctly positioned after conversion even if their initial profile was defined in a rotated position.

TTSD-2143 Import, export, interoperability

You can now import multiple shapes to the Shape Catalogcatalog that displays a list of predefined item shapes

The shapes are modeled using software other than Tekla Structures, for example SketchUp.

at one go. Previously, you could only import one shape at a time.
In the Shape Cataloguser interface for displaying or modifying information in categorized lists

For example, profile catalog and shape catalog are catalogs.

dialog box, click Import, and then use Ctrl or Shift to select multiple shape files.

130710 Import, export, interoperability

The BVBS export has been changed so that when the private block has no content, the private block (@P) does not give any output.

TTSD-7004 Import, export, interoperability

If a project that is attached to a model has been removed or you do not have a permission to the attached project, it was impossible to use Trimble Connectorfeature that enables interoperability between Tekla Structures and Trimble Connect application

.  This has now been fixed.

TTSD-10233 Import, export, interoperability

Work areacertain portion of the model that is currently active for working on in a view

Tekla Structures indicates the work area using dashed lines. Since objects outside the work area exist but are not visible the user can set a certain sized work area so that the views of the model are simpler and quickly updated, for example.

related visibility issues in reference models using a base pointpoint in a model that is used to define a starting point in surveying and that is used as an anchor point in coordinate and height transformations

A Tekla Structures project can have several base points but only one of them can be the project base point.

Base points allow the use of another coordinate system needed for interoperability and collaboration. Base points can also be used in drawings, and in reports and templates. Model origin is the default base point in Tekla Structures.

Base points are also called control points.

with an angle have now been fixed.

123739 Import, export, interoperability

When you modified dimension or dimension set properties, you sometimes got a warning message about negative plate side markuser-created symbol that indicates whether a dimension point is to the face or center of a part

Plate side mark can be found on the dimension extension line.

size, even though the plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

side marks were not enabled. This does not happen anymore.

130727 Import, export, interoperability

IFCfile format commonly used in BIM that facilitates software interoperability

IFC is an open specification developed by the IAI (International Alliance for Interoperability).

Model can be exported into an IFC file.

reference models were not displayed. This has now been fixed.

130564, 130925, 130960 Import, export, interoperability

Tekla Structures gridmodeling aid that represents a three-dimensional complex of horizontal and vertical planes

In Tekla Structures, grids are used as an aid in locating objects in a model. The grid is shown on the view plane by dash-and-dot lines. It is also possible to show grids and grid line labels in drawings, and to modify grid properties in the drawings.

It is possible to have more than one grid in a model. For example, a large-scale grid for the entire structure, and smaller grids for some detailed sections.

rotation is now correctly exported to IFCfile format commonly used in BIM that facilitates software interoperability

IFC is an open specification developed by the IAI (International Alliance for Interoperability).

Model can be exported into an IFC file.

files.

125780 Import, export, interoperability

In BVBS export, the format of the exported files was not fully compatible with the BVBS convention in exported round or curved rebar groups.

TTSD-2921, 127301 Import, export, interoperability

Tekla Structures will not calculate properties that rely on 3D and 2D solid boolean operations, for example, AREA_PROJECTION_xx or AREA_DIRECTION_xx for imported non-solid parts.
This means that if imported parts are non-solid, end users will see 0 for some properties. This caused an applicationpart of Tekla Structures functionality that is developed in order to extend the capability of Tekla Structures but that is not included in the Tekla Structures installation

error when you inquired a non-solid item for attributes that can only be provided for solid items, for example AREA_PROJECTION_GXY_NET.

TTSD-5641 Import, export, interoperability

Sometimes there was an applicationpart of Tekla Structures functionality that is developed in order to extend the capability of Tekla Structures but that is not included in the Tekla Structures installation

error while exporting drawings to DWG. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-15753 Import, export, interoperability

Bolt location and orientation of mapped bolts in a bolt groupgroup of bolts that forms a connecting building object between an assembly main part and secondary parts

The number of bolts in a bolt group depends on the bolt group shape and the values of bolt distances.

is now correct in the IFCfile format commonly used in BIM that facilitates software interoperability

IFC is an open specification developed by the IAI (International Alliance for Interoperability).

Model can be exported into an IFC file.

export.

TTSD-3277 Import, export, interoperability

You can now select multiple shapes in the Shape Catalogcatalog that displays a list of predefined item shapes

The shapes are modeled using software other than Tekla Structures, for example SketchUp.

using Ctrl or Shift, and then delete the selected shapes all at once by pressing Delete or selecting Delete from the pop-up menu.

TTSD-11702 Import, export, interoperability

Rebars were not exported to IFC2x3 model even though they were selected. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-20216 Import, export, interoperability

With the IFC2x3 export using the Coordination  and Steel Fabrication model viewview that is represented in the modeling mode

Model view is available also in the drawing mode and it is represented in its own window.

definition, the beams and columns that have a fittingadjustment of a part end

plane at both ends are shorter than in the model. The error does not occur when line cuts are used instead or only one fitting is used.  This has now been fixed.

130773 Import, export, interoperability

In Unitechnik export (79) the weight of braced girders and the total weight of the rebar groups are now correctly added to the unit weight of part.

131570 Import, export, interoperability

In BVBS export, the length values were now correct also when the bars have negative bending angles.

TTSD-7681 Import, export, interoperability

Old DWG export: Sometimes dimension texts had incorrect protect area, which resulted in incorrect DWG files if the option Cut lines with text was used. This has now been fixed.

130824 Import, export, interoperability

In Unitechnik export (79), the option Export line attributes for cutouts is now working correctly.

TTSD-5650 Import, export, interoperability

In IFC2x3 export, grids are now placed and rotated correctly.

131732 Import, export, interoperability

In Unitechnik Export (79) on the Embeds tab, you can now specify embedbuilding object that represents an object that is to be cast into a concrete structure and that is used to connect structures or as an aid when constructing a structure

For example, a cast-in socket is an embed that is placed in concrete structures to allow parts to be bolted together on site. In Tekla Structures, embeds are modeled as steel sub-assemblies that are inside a concrete nested assembly.

Z positions as Z = 0. Special assembly symbol plotting definition for Z=0 is now PALLET, for Minimum to pallet it is now BOTTOM and for Start point it is now MIDDLE. For more information about the plotting definitions, see Unitechnik export: Embeds tab.

TTSD-13100 Import, export, interoperability

Models with heavy memory use could quite often crash to TeklaStructures_applicationpart of Tekla Structures functionality that is developed in order to extend the capability of Tekla Structures but that is not included in the Tekla Structures installation

.dll
. One reason for the crashes was reference models and changing their visibility from hidden to visible. Another reason was duplicate progress dialog boxes. Now there is only one progress dialog box to avoid the crash situation. This also fixes similar change detection issues.

TTSD-18846 Import, export, interoperability

White text in linked dwg files was not visible in printed output. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-3939 Import, export, interoperability

The IFCfile format commonly used in BIM that facilitates software interoperability

IFC is an open specification developed by the IAI (International Alliance for Interoperability).

Model can be exported into an IFC file.

property set files are now saved in the current modelmodel that is active in Tekla Structures

The current model can be a single-user model, a shared model or a working model.

folder only.

122560 Import, export, interoperability

HMS Export now exports pull forces for strands.

TSAC-1418, TSAC-1419, TSAC-1466, TSAC-1440, TSAC-1733, TSAC-1709 Import, export, interoperability

The BVBS export contains the following improvements:

  • A new option for exporting Reinforcement for selected pours was added for the setting Model objects to be exported for exporting of reinforcement from pour objects and pour units. There are also info messages displayed for pours.

  • You can now select pours and pour units in drawings and export the related reinforcement.

  • @ sign was occasionally missing in front of parameter c. This has now been fixed.

  • Multiple tapered groups with same rebar positions are now merged if applicable.

  • Parameter t is calculated if it is needed for stepped rebars.

  • Ridge tapered rebar groupgroup of reinforcing bars that are side by side and have identical properties, except the possible variation in bar lengths

    was combined in one row. This has now been fixed.

  • Now when you select Prevent export for the setting Check existing UDAs, the existing file is no longer overwritten with empty file after prevention.

  • Circular rebars now have the correct total length.

  • The UDAs tab is a new tab for defining the UDAobject property created by the user in order to widen the range of predefined object properties

    User-defined attributes are used when the predefined object properties are not sufficient but more properties are needed. For example, comment, locked, and erection status are user-defined attributes.

    fields to be used, and fields for defining the content to write into reinforcement, part, cast unit and pour objectbuilding object that is formed of one or more cast-in-place concrete parts, or a part of a cast-in-place concrete part

    The cast-in-place concrete parts are merged into one pour object if they have the same material grade and pour phase, and if they touch each other. Pour objects are visible in pour view.

    UDAs. You can tag UDAs based on the release code, release status, release date and released by information.

129143 Import, export, interoperability

In the BVBS export, the total number of bars is now correct also when using the option Reinforcement of selected cast units and selecting multiple parts of a multi-part cast unit. Note that the total counts were correct if the cast unit only contained one part or the Select assemblies selection switch was used.

129814 Import, export, interoperability

Export EliPlan (68) now also works when you use the Polish Tekla Structures interface.

131684 Import, export, interoperability

Unitechnik Export (79) has the following new options on the Embeds tab:
Using the All coutouts as corner symbol, you can  export cutouts as mount parts with corner symbols
Using the Opening with corner symbols, you can specify classes of embeds that will be exported with corner symbols instead of mount part symbols.
Symbol size can be defined in the dialog box.

132451, 132425, 132597, 132568, 132570, 132524, TSAC-686 Import, export, interoperability

Eliplan Export (68) has been improved, and now there are new settings that give you more control in plotting, without making major changes in the model:

  • Export now checks the Top in Form Face setting for all parts, if in use.

  • Slabs narrowed by cutting are now exported correctly regardless of the modeling direction. Slabs narrowed by cutting are now oriented systematically, thereby having other cuts and plotting also positioned correctly. If thre is one narrowed sidet, it will be the side with length L2.

  • New settings on the Plotter tab:

    • It is now possible to exclude from exported plotting data embeds by classpart property that groups parts according to identifiers given by the user

      The identifiers of classes are usually numbers. Classes can be used for defining the color of parts in the model, for example. Class does not influence the numbering of model objects.

      , name or material with the new setting Exclude embeds by.

    • When you export cutout plotting data with the option Full depth cuts only, now the actual full depth cut geometry is exported without recesses.

    • You can also exclude from exported plotting data embeds or cuts that are above the specified Z position by using the new setting Exclude above z position. Z position is the depth of the element on the pallet, that is how many millimeters the lowest point of the embedbuilding object that represents an object that is to be cast into a concrete structure and that is used to connect structures or as an aid when constructing a structure

      For example, a cast-in socket is an embed that is placed in concrete structures to allow parts to be bolted together on site. In Tekla Structures, embeds are modeled as steel sub-assemblies that are inside a concrete nested assembly.

      is above the casting table.

  • On the Data content tab:

    • In Decimal mark, you can set period (.) or comma (.) as the decimal separator.

    • In Weight calculation, you can select which weight will be exported.

    • In Net area calculation, you can select whether the export excludes all cuts or only full depth cuts from the net area calculation. The whole assembly is checked.

    • In No. of digits after decimal point, you can now set 3 digits after the decimal separator. The default value is now 1 digit. Now this option also affects volume, gross area and net area.

TTSD-19481 Import, export, interoperability

The performance of locking and unlocking multiple reference models in the reference modelmodel which the designer can use as an aid when building another model

A reference model is created in Tekla Structures or in other software and can be inserted to Tekla Structures. The reference model appears together with the model but it is not modified by Tekla Structures. The user can snap to reference model points.

For example, an architectural model, a plant design model, or a heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning (HVAC) model can be a reference model.

list has been improved.

129944 Import, export, interoperability

In Unitechnik export (79), you can now set the rotation of the meshes to pallet to correct the geometry in the export file by using the option Export meshes as: Turned to pallet on the Reinforcement tab.

TTSD-9534 Import, export, interoperability

The setting Set handles to top flange in IFCfile format commonly used in BIM that facilitates software interoperability

IFC is an open specification developed by the IAI (International Alliance for Interoperability).

Model can be exported into an IFC file.

object conversion settings
is no longer used for polybeams for better conversion results.

TTSD-9874 Import, export, interoperability

Earlier, when the model contained grids in negative elevations in Tekla Structural Designer, the grids did not appear at all after export and import into Tekla Structures. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-16799 Import, export, interoperability

The connection to Trimble Connect(1) Trimble’s platform for microservices in the cloud

(1) Trimble Connect platform’s microservices include services for uploading, storing, processing, and managing or consuming data. These services are meant to provide common solutions required by multiple applications.

(2) application for information sharing and collaboration for construction projects that is based on the Trimble Connect platform

(2) Reference models are used in Trimble Connect application instead of using import and export.

(2) Trimble Connect application includes web, desktop and mobile clients, and the Sync tool, for example.

failed because of an outdated default service address in the configuration file. The service address has been updated to match the current working address.

TTSD-15992 Import, export, interoperability

In DWG export, there is now a new check to see if files can be written to before the export starts. You are also prompted to close the files. If an exported file already exists, a dialog box is displayed asking if you want to overwrite the existing files.

TTSD-3344 Import, export, interoperability

When you import or export multiple shapes using the Shape Catalogcatalog that displays a list of predefined item shapes

The shapes are modeled using software other than Tekla Structures, for example SketchUp.

dialog box, Tekla Structures now shows a progress bar and the Cancel button.
You can click the Cancel button to stop the import or export process in the middle of the process. Canceling does not undo the process from the beginning. The shapes that were imported or exported before the canceling will be imported or exported, and the rest of them will not.

TTSD-8382 Import, export, interoperability

Support for Imperial units when transferring models from Tekla Structural Designer to Tekla Structures has been implemented.

TTSD-1921 Import, export, interoperability

You can now import SketchUp 2017 files to the Shape Catalogcatalog that displays a list of predefined item shapes

The shapes are modeled using software other than Tekla Structures, for example SketchUp.

.

TTSD-12979 Import, export, interoperability

In PDMS link, the polybeams are now rotated correctly.

TTSD-3379 Import, export, interoperability

Trimble Connectorfeature that enables interoperability between Tekla Structures and Trimble Connect application

now checks Trimble Connect(1) Trimble’s platform for microservices in the cloud

(1) Trimble Connect platform’s microservices include services for uploading, storing, processing, and managing or consuming data. These services are meant to provide common solutions required by multiple applications.

(2) application for information sharing and collaboration for construction projects that is based on the Trimble Connect platform

(2) Reference models are used in Trimble Connect application instead of using import and export.

(2) Trimble Connect application includes web, desktop and mobile clients, and the Sync tool, for example.

license at login, and displays warning message if you attempt to access the service without a license.

TSAC-1538 Import, export, interoperability
  • Reinforcement types 1,2, 5 and 6 are now correctly exported in double wallplate that represents a structure such as a wall or roof panel

    In Tekla Structures, a panel is created by picking two or more points.

    In cast-in-place concrete the term wall refers to a concept similar to panel.

    shells 1 and 2 regardless of turning

TTSD-24392 Import, export, interoperability

The performance of the reference modelmodel which the designer can use as an aid when building another model

A reference model is created in Tekla Structures or in other software and can be inserted to Tekla Structures. The reference model appears together with the model but it is not modified by Tekla Structures. The user can snap to reference model points.

For example, an architectural model, a plant design model, or a heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning (HVAC) model can be a reference model.

insert has been improved when the Tekla Structures model already contains non-visible unloaded reference models. After the fix, non-visible reference models are not loaded anymore in the reference model insert.

127235 Import, export, interoperability

In NC filefile that contains information gathered from a model and exported to computer numerical controlled fabrication machinery

Tekla Structures produces NC files in several formats, for example, DSTV.

creation, when a bolt created holes on two faces for a square profile, sometimes the holes from one face were not exported. This has now been fixed.

131225, TTSD-5358 Import, export, interoperability

In certain situations CIS/2 import could crash Tekla Structures. This has now been fixed.

123544, 131774, 132217, 131686, 131997, 132426 Import, export, interoperability

Export Unitechnik (79) has been improved in the following way:

  • It is now possible to export reinforcement bars as mount parts.

  • You can now specify the transport pileslender column or pole that is put into the ground to carry loads or to provide support

    Pile may be made of precast or cast-in-place concrete, or steel.

    level number in the part user-defined attributes dialog box on the Unitechnik tab. If there are elements in the stack which need to be layered on the same level, then the pile level is used.

  • When you used rotation in export, the line attribute override did not take rotation in to account. This has now been fixed.

  • Reinf. data specification tab: In Pull force, specify the attribute from which the strandreinforcement that represents a group of wires spun together

    pull force is to be inquired. In Unitechnik version 6.0, you can set the Unitechnik reinforcement type to 9 in the reinforcing barreinforcement that represents a steel bar used to reinforce a concrete structure

    The steel bars are usually ribbed and they are used to increase the tensile strength of concrete.

    user-defined objects on the Unitechnik page, and then it will be exported as strand reinforcement with its value in KN (taken from UDAobject property created by the user in order to widen the range of predefined object properties

    User-defined attributes are used when the predefined object properties are not sufficient but more properties are needed. For example, comment, locked, and erection status are user-defined attributes.

    ).

  • Reinf. data specification tab: The new option Welded leg designation can be used for designating the welded leg in bent meshreinforcement that represents a mesh of steel bars in two perpendicular directions

    In Tekla Structures, the reinforcement mesh bars in one direction are called main bars and reinforcement mesh bars perpendicular to them are called crossing bars.

    bars. When you select Yes, information about welded leg designation is exported.

  • Reinforcement tab: You can now export spacer start position and spacer pitch information. The new settings Spacer start position and Spacer pitch are located on the.

TTSD-9870 Import, export, interoperability

Earlier, grids exported from Tekla Structural Designer did not always appear in correct elevations when imported to Tekla Structures. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-3743 Import, export, interoperability

Export to Tekla Structural Designer with analysis modelstructural model that is created from a physical model and used on the one hand for analyzing structural behavior and load bearing, and on the other hand for design

Analysis model can be viewed in Tekla Structures in a model view.

Analysis model that is made with Tekla Structures can be worked on in other analysis and design software or application.


For steel beams and braces, the export to Tekla Structural Designer checks if the difference between the analysis and the physical models requires different global offsets at the start and end of the member. This can result from different offsets at start and end or the analysis settings for the part.
The import from Tekla Structural Designer is not affected because we do not change position at all.

Export to Tekla Structural Designer with physical modelstructural model with a direct or indirect counterpart in the structure to be built


For steel beams and braces, the export to Tekla Structural Designer checks if there are different offsets at start and end and convert them to global offsets.
The import from Tekla Structural Designer will reverse the transformation and include the relevant data in the Comparison form when updating.

130827 Import, export, interoperability

Inserting IFCfile format commonly used in BIM that facilitates software interoperability

IFC is an open specification developed by the IAI (International Alliance for Interoperability).

Model can be exported into an IFC file.

reference models in 2017 did not work if the computer did not have the latest Microsoft libraries installed. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-4383 Import, export, interoperability

Trimble Connectorfeature that enables interoperability between Tekla Structures and Trimble Connect application

failed to load the ToDo notes, did not show the ToDo side pane, and it looked like you are not logged in. This has now been fixed.

TSAC-707, TSAC-1171, TSAC-827, TSAC-1169, TSAC-1167, TSAC-997, TSAC-996, TSAC-795, TSAC-1267, TSAC-1264, TSAC-1266, TSAC-1306, TSAC-1353, TSAC-1170, TSAC-1173, TSAC-1453, TSAC-1436, TSAC-1396, TSAC-1397, TSAC-1571, TSAC-1529, TSAC-1564, TSAC-1475 Import, export, interoperability

Export Unitechnik (79) contains the following improvements:

  • When using template variables, the export now automatically​ checks the topmost content attribute files to get the unit of the template variable and converts it to the unit used in Unitechnik export.

  • Option to rotate pallet 90° if pallet width exceeded is now working correctly.

  • When a rebar fails the validation for diameter of length limitation, you are now notified by a log message.

  • Freely selectable bending forms with 6 bending rows are now exported without an extra row, which caused errors in some user interfaces.

  • Cut part formers are now exported with thickness and installation height of the host part cutcut that is defined by a cutting part

    section, instead of the thickness and position of the cut itself.

  • Embeds that are outside the double wallplate that represents a structure such as a wall or roof panel

    In Tekla Structures, a panel is created by picking two or more points.

    In cast-in-place concrete the term wall refers to a concept similar to panel.

    shells are now exported to the intended shell if added as sub-assemblyassembly in a nested assembly that is subordinate to a parent assembly

    . If added to cast unit, will be exported in main part(1) part that exists in a building object and that determines the position number for the assembly or cast unit and the direction of assembly or cast unit drawings

    (1) Main part can be an assembly main part or a cast unit main part.

    (2) input part that the user selects first when creating a component

    (2) Connections and details always have a component main part.

    's shell (usually 1st shell).

  • The embedbuilding object that represents an object that is to be cast into a concrete structure and that is used to connect structures or as an aid when constructing a structure

    For example, a cast-in socket is an embed that is placed in concrete structures to allow parts to be bolted together on site. In Tekla Structures, embeds are modeled as steel sub-assemblies that are inside a concrete nested assembly.

    plotting option now works correctly for embeds that have more than two hierarchy levels.

  • Bent meshes with limited rebar angles are now exported with correct origin points.

  • You can now use the value Text[Template]#Counter for the following options:

- Name of order
- Name of component
- Drawing number
- Project line 1 - 4 text
- Slabplate that represents a concrete structure

In Tekla Structures, a slab is created by picking three or more points.

Slab may be part of a floor, for example.

number
- Info text 1 - 4 of slabdate
- Info text 1 - 2 of mounting part

  • The Text[Template]#Counter option was improved, and now more than one template can be used, and text delimiters are also supported. The Text[Template]#Counter option was also added for the settings Article number - rebar and Article number - meshreinforcement that represents a mesh of steel bars in two perpendicular directions

    In Tekla Structures, the reinforcement mesh bars in one direction are called main bars and reinforcement mesh bars perpendicular to them are called crossing bars.

    on the Reinf. data specification tab.

  • HEADER block data specification tab: You can now specify the number of decimals after the decimal separator.

  • Embeds tab:

    • There is a new option Yes, no rotation on pallet available for the setting Special assembly export. With this option, the embed symbols are placed according to the panel rotation, but the symbols themselves are not rotated.

  • SLABDATE block data specification tab:

    • Now you can export the weight in SLABDATE block as cast unit weight or as a template.

    • The maximum number of exported elements or layers in the SLABDATE block is now limited to 99 according to the Unitechnik specification. If the limitation is exceeded, you will be notified by a console and log file message.

    • You can now select which value is exported as total thickness by using the new setting Total thickness. The options are:

- Cast unit thickness
- Concrete part thickness
- Main part thickness
- Template

  • Steel parts and items now have in the user-defined attributes dialog box a new tab Unitechnik Mountpart, where you can specify data which then overwrites the data entered in the Export Unitechnik (79) dialog box.

  • You can now exclude mounting parts from the export using the new option Exclude from export on the Unitechnik Mountpart tab in the steel part/item user-defined properties dialog box.

  • The user-defined attributes dialog box for surface objects now contains a new tab Unitechnik, where you can define line attributes that override scanned line attributes.

  • TS configuration tab:

    • You can now prevent exporting cutouts with the new option Export CUTOUTs.

    • You can now export CONTOUR as bounding boxrectangular border with the smallest measure within which all the selected points that position the model objects lie

      In Tekla Structures two-dimensional bounding boxes are used in drawings and three-dimensional bounding boxes in models.

      . It is recommended to use this option with file structure set as: Single layer, 1 slabdate, n parts.
    • You can now merge cutouts using the new option Merge CUTOUTS. You can select to export a big cutout which is created by smaller cuts as separate cutouts. The options are:
            1. Merged as one cutout

                       
                     2. Unmerged, overlapping cutouts
                        
                     3. Unmerged cutouts with no overlapping
                        

  • Reinforcement tab:
    • The new option First bending angle allows setting the first bending angle of free-flection rodstock negative as required by certain interfaces.
    • There is a new option Bent meshes with end hooks available for the setting Bent reinf. as unfolded. This option exports end hook shapes L, S and U (flection form 1, 4 and 5) as terminal hooks according to the Unitechnik specification. Other shapes are exported as free flection forms like before.
  • Mounting part data specification tab:

    • It is now possible to define the type of the mounting part by classpart property that groups parts according to identifiers given by the user

      The identifiers of classes are usually numbers. Classes can be used for defining the color of parts in the model, for example. Class does not influence the numbering of model objects.

      or by name in Type of mounting part. Define the exceptional classes/names in the first dialog field separated by blank space and the paired mounting part types in same sequence separated by blank space.

TTSD-3193 Import, export, interoperability

You can now export multiple shapes from the Shape Catalogcatalog that displays a list of predefined item shapes

The shapes are modeled using software other than Tekla Structures, for example SketchUp.

at one go. Previously, you could only export one shape at a time.

In the Shape Cataloguser interface for displaying or modifying information in categorized lists

For example, profile catalog and shape catalog are catalogs.

dialog box, use Ctrl or Shift to select multiple shapes, and then click Export.
Tekla Structures saves the shapes in the selected destination folder as .tsc files. Tekla Structures creates a separate file for each shape using the shape name as the file name.

129800 Import, export, interoperability

A new option Skip unnecessary points was added to the Advanced Optionssettings used to customize Tekla Structures for specific companies, standards, users, or user groups

In Tekla Structures, advanced options are settings that are used, for example, in a specific project or geographical area, or by a specific company.

In Tekla Structures, advanced options usually begin with the initials XS and are followed by the name of the function, for example XS_BACKGROUND_COLOR.

tab in NC Filefile that contains information gathered from a model and exported to computer numerical controlled fabrication machinery

Tekla Structures produces NC files in several formats, for example, DSTV.

Settings
dialog box to keep or skip the points that are almost collinear.

TTSD-15409 Import, export, interoperability

Hidden hatches are now correctly hidden in the exported DWG files.

TTSD-14830 Import, export, interoperability

Previously, the imported items in .xml or .tez format were stored under an old model folderfolder that is used for storing files associated with a model

Tekla Structures stores all files associated with a model in a folder it creates with the same name as the model database (.db1).

In multi-user mode all users access the same model folder.

if you used the Save as command. This has now been fixed.

129437 Import, export, interoperability

DSTV export will skip special profiles and items that do not have any information about the dimensions. A message will be added to the NC log file.

TTSD-7077, 131911 Import, export, interoperability

Tekla Structures sometimes crashed when you inserted a certain shape. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-7994 Import, export, interoperability

Removing an internal reference modelmodel which the designer can use as an aid when building another model

A reference model is created in Tekla Structures or in other software and can be inserted to Tekla Structures. The reference model appears together with the model but it is not modified by Tekla Structures. The user can snap to reference model points.

For example, an architectural model, a plant design model, or a heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning (HVAC) model can be a reference model.

instance failed after you had deleted the reference model from a single user model. This has now been fixed, and the single user data storage is also cleaned.

TSAC-805, TSAC-809, TSAC-807, TSAC-811 Import, export, interoperability

The BVBS Export contains the following improvements:
Parameters tab:

  • The Drawing name source setting now has two new options: Reinforcement UDAobject property created by the user in order to widen the range of predefined object properties

    User-defined attributes are used when the predefined object properties are not sufficient but more properties are needed. For example, comment, locked, and erection status are user-defined attributes.

    and Template. These two new options offer you custom ways of controlling drawing marks, especially if you are working with cast-in-place structures.

  • Now the option Selected reinforcement only also works in drawing modemode that is used for editing the appearance and content of drawings

    Tekla Structures switches to the drawing mode when the user opens any drawing.

    .

  • The name of the setting Fixed drawing name has been changed to User-defined drawing name. This setting is available when you have selected Fixed text, Reinforcement UDA or Template from the Drawing name source list. So in addition to entering a fixed drawning name, you can also use this setting for mapping the reinforcement UDA or template.

  • Two new settings Position source and User-defined reinforcement position have been added to define the reinforcement position. The options for the setting Position source are Reinforcement position, Reinforcement UDA and Fixed text. Exported items with the same position numberidentifier that is assigned to all similar parts, assemblies, cast units, or reinforcement

    Position number consists of a prefix, separator, and running number. The prefix is part of the position number, identifying a numbering series. The running number is part of the position number, and is the assigned number in the numbering series, based on the start number. The separator is an optional character, such as a slash, that separates the prefix and the running number.

    In Tekla Structures, the position numbers assigned in the numbering are shown in marks and templates, for example.

    In the US, the term piece mark or ship mark is used to refer to a position number.

    but different UDA position number will now be exported to different rows.

UDAs tab:

  • This is a new tab for defining the UDA fields to be used, and fields for defining the content to write into reinforcement UDAs. You can tag UDAs based on release code, release status, release date and released by information. You can also select whether existing UDAs are checked and handled by using the new setting Check existing UDAs. The options are No, Prevent export, Report to log, Report to log and overwrite, and Overwrite only.

125984 Templates and reports

Bent plate(1) part that is created from contour plates, or beams whose profile is a plate

(1) Bent plates can be conical or cylindrical.

Curved beams, spiral beams, or deformed parts cannot be used for creating a bent plate.

(2) component object that represents an angle that is bent from a plate and that connects parts

dimensions in the Inquire dialog box and templates in drawings were showing three dimensional measures instead of unfolding dimensions. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-7278 Templates and reports

Data from a previous connection in a report was used to populate empty fields. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-1759 Templates and reports

Rebar pull-outsmall graphic in a reinforcement mark, table, or report template that shows the shape and dimensions of a reinforcing bar

pictures in rotated templates are now drawn better.

129962 Templates and reports

Classpart property that groups parts according to identifiers given by the user

The identifiers of classes are usually numbers. Classes can be used for defining the color of parts in the model, for example. Class does not influence the numbering of model objects.

is now shown in the part inquiry report. The TS_Report_Inquire_Part.rpt has been updated to include Class.

131043, TTSD-4831 Templates and reports

Images in HTML reports were drawn with too wide lines. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-10863 Templates and reports

Template Editortool in Tekla Structures that is used for creating and modifying templates to be used in drawings and reports

was updated to version 3.6.0.17327.

129303 Templates and reports

The rebar custom presentation (CUSTOM.REBAR_SHAPE_COUPLERS) has been changed so that now it is possible to give both the symbol filefile that contains symbols

The symbol file in use can be changed in the symbol files dialog box.

name and symbol number in the configuration file RebarCoupler.Symbols.dat. If the symbol file name is not given, the default file (CouplerSymbols.sym) will be used.

See more details in sample files included in the environments.

130754 Templates and reports

In Template Editortool in Tekla Structures that is used for creating and modifying templates to be used in drawings and reports

, the attribute search now works in formularule stated in a mathematical language

Formula is part of an equation.

editor.

127609 Templates and reports

The attribute HOLEsmall hollow open throughout a part or assembly that is usually used for fastening parts with bolts or other such objects

Hole is created in the same way as bolts and hole properties are defined in the bolt properties.

.DIAMETER
now works correctly in mark templates.

124308 Templates and reports

You can now set the site bolts to supporting member in reports and KSS by setting the new user-specific advanced option XS_REPORT_BOLTS_WITH_SUPPORTING_MEMBER to TRUE in Settings > Advanced optionssettings used to customize Tekla Structures for specific companies, standards, users, or user groups

In Tekla Structures, advanced options are settings that are used, for example, in a specific project or geographical area, or by a specific company.

In Tekla Structures, advanced options usually begin with the initials XS and are followed by the name of the function, for example XS_BACKGROUND_COLOR.

> Templates and Symbols
. The default value is FALSE.

TPLED-84 Templates and reports

Rows are no longer overlapping when you use Right alignment.

124653 Templates and reports

In Template Editortool in Tekla Structures that is used for creating and modifying templates to be used in drawings and reports

, when you inserted a picture that was bigger than the height of the component, then Template Editor crashed. This has now been fixed.

128585, TTSD-4213 Templates and reports

Rebar length in pull-outsmall graphic in a reinforcement mark, table, or report template that shows the shape and dimensions of a reinforcing bar

pictures gave wrong dimensions when the angle was between 91° and 180°. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-16927 Templates and reports

There is a new template attributeattribute in a template object that Tekla Structures uses to calculate and display information from a model database

Template attributes represent object properties.

for surfaces: ATTACHED_TO
The values are:
0 (part)
1 (pour)

TPLED-97 Templates and reports

Template Editortool in Tekla Structures that is used for creating and modifying templates to be used in drawings and reports

: The Extend command is working again.

100026 Templates and reports

When you define GetValue("PHASE") in Template Editortool in Tekla Structures that is used for creating and modifying templates to be used in drawings and reports

, you now get the phase of the rebar instead of the cast unit part phase.

TPLED-87 Templates and reports

When the columns in a template had continuous horizontal fill, the rows and columns were misaligned. This has now been fixed

TTSD-7130 Templates and reports

The EN 1090 related user-defined attributes were not visible in the Select attribute list in Template Editortool in Tekla Structures that is used for creating and modifying templates to be used in drawings and reports

. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-9233 Templates and reports

In version 2017, when a report was created for some parts it would take up the whole memory of a computer. Now this issue has been fixed, and the performance has been increased as well.

127393 Drawings

Rebar marks for rebar meshes that use the Outline presentation option were not always placed correctly. This has now been fixed.

127996 Drawings

The drawing editor was not properly closed when numberingprocess of assigning position numbers to parts, cast units, assemblies, or reinforcement

In Tekla Structures, the position numbers assigned in the numbering are shown in marks and templates, for example.

was canceled and you opened the next drawing.  This has now been fixed.

131090, TTSD-4876 Drawings

Key plansmall-scale view in a drawing that indicates the location of an assembly, a cast unit, or a part in the model

A key plan contains the model grid and the assembly, cast unit, or part shown in the included drawing view.

views did not work in multidrawings. This has now been fixed

TTSD-5450, 131803 Drawings

To hide the dimension of the graphical objects, use the new Toggle graphical object dimensions command in drawings: Go to Quick Launchtool that is used for quickly finding commands, dialog boxes, and other functions in Tekla Structures

The other functions include local content from Tekla Warehouse, for example.

, start typing toggle graphical object dimensions, and select the Toggle graphical object dimensions command from the list that appears, or use the Control+d shortcut command to switch command on and off.
When the dimensions are visible, a small d is displayed on the status bar.

TTSD-15254, TTSD-16744 Drawings

The behavior of the level marks in the section views of the cloned drawings was fixed. If Datum point for elevations is set to View planeplane in a space that defines the view

In Tekla Structures, the grids are projected onto the view plane and the grid lines can be visible on it.

View depth is defined starting from the view plane.

in view properties, section viewdrawing view that shows a selected area as a cross section

A section view can be created of the parts in a drawing view. A section view can be created manually or automatically.

level marks are correct. Level marks consider drawing elevation only when the advanced option XS_USE_OLD_DRAWING_CREATION_SETTINGS is set to TRUE.

TTSD-14607 Drawings

The new printing incorrectly displayed a watermark in drawings with the Educational stamp. This has now been fixed.

127723 Drawings

Marks containing templates were not working correctly in multidrawings. This has now been fixed.

125360 Drawings

The hatch parameter Automatic is now correctly read from the .htc schema files.

TTSD-2832 Drawings

Changing the filter in drawings could cause an applicationpart of Tekla Structures functionality that is developed in order to extend the capability of Tekla Structures but that is not included in the Tekla Structures installation

error. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-3795 Drawings

Polygons created with polylines are now visualized better when you add hatches.

TTSD-3810 Drawings

Previously, weld objects without an explicitly set line type were not visible in drawings before you changed the line type. This has now been fixed so that undefined lines are also visible.

TTSD-5222, 131205 Drawings

GA drawingdrawing that is created from one or more model views and that shows information needed to understand the general arrangement of structural elements on a project

General arrangement drawings show how parts, assemblies, cast units, or pour objects are located in a building.

views had a huge extrema (boundary) box if all the coordinates of the model viewview that is represented in the modeling mode

Model view is available also in the drawing mode and it is represented in its own window.

boundaries were negative. This has now been fixed and the GA drawing viewview that includes selected model objects or an area in the model, that is represented in a drawing

A drawing view is a container for model and drawing objects.

A drawing can include several drawing views, which usually are two-dimensional views, plane views, to the model.

Examples of drawing views in Tekla Structures include main views, section views, single-part views, and 3D views.

extrema is the same as the model view extrema.

TTSD-7522, 132322 Drawings

Section plane dragging works again.

TTSD-15937 Drawings

Sometimes opening or creating a drawing that contained bolts caused a Tekla Structures applicationpart of Tekla Structures functionality that is developed in order to extend the capability of Tekla Structures but that is not included in the Tekla Structures installation

error. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-17436 Drawings

Views inside the single-part views were incorrectly modified when the layout of the assembly drawingdrawing that shows fabrication information for a basic or a nested assembly, including bolts and welds, and that is generally used at the workshop

Assembly drawings show how parts are located in an assembly. They contain the parts of the assembly presented in one or more views.

was changed. This has now been fixed.

124232 Drawings

Saving a drawing in multi-user modemode in which several users can work on the same model using their own working models

no longer closes all property dialog boxes.

129012 Drawings

Printing no longer stops working when you open the printer Properties dialog box.

130632 Drawings

In drawing dimensioning, not closing the dimension lineline that visualizes the distance between the defined dimension points

Separate dimensions can be combined into a longer dimension line.

now works also when using the Nearest option for dimension start point.

TTSD-7182 Drawings

Changes in layout editing in Tekla Structures 2017 SP3 have caused slower template update in some cases, and opening of drawings was slower. This has now been fixed, and drawings are opening faster again.

132002 Drawings

In some cases, drawings with customized gridmodeling aid that represents a three-dimensional complex of horizontal and vertical planes

In Tekla Structures, grids are used as an aid in locating objects in a model. The grid is shown on the view plane by dash-and-dot lines. It is also possible to show grids and grid line labels in drawings, and to modify grid properties in the drawings.

It is possible to have more than one grid in a model. For example, a large-scale grid for the entire structure, and smaller grids for some detailed sections.

labels were slow to open. Now the custom grid labels are handled faster.

TTSD-14479 Drawings

Hiding parts in a drawing was unnecessarily hiding templates as well. This no longer happens.

TTSD-14911 Drawings

Template attributes for drawing width and height are no longer swapped.

128818 Drawings

Duplicate grids could leak to the drawing database, causing performance issues. This has now been fixed.

124878 Drawings

The advanced option XS_DRAWING_GRIDmodeling aid that represents a three-dimensional complex of horizontal and vertical planes

In Tekla Structures, grids are used as an aid in locating objects in a model. The grid is shown on the view plane by dash-and-dot lines. It is also possible to show grids and grid line labels in drawings, and to modify grid properties in the drawings.

It is possible to have more than one grid in a model. For example, a large-scale grid for the entire structure, and smaller grids for some detailed sections.

_LABEL_FRAME_LINE_WIDTH_FACTOR
 did not have any effect on the printed output. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-5148, 131173 Drawings

Translations for Haunchcomponent object that represents a wedge-like structure that strengthens a beam at its end

workshop form that were changed by the user in drawing.ail were not working correctly preventing the drawing part from showing the workshop form. This has now been fixed.

127774 Drawings

When you combine more than one set of lines with the Combine command, lines no longer disappear.

127373 Drawings

Hatches are now drawn more accurately.

TTSD-6611, 131855 Drawings

When one of bent plate(1) part that is created from contour plates, or beams whose profile is a plate

(1) Bent plates can be conical or cylindrical.

Curved beams, spiral beams, or deformed parts cannot be used for creating a bent plate.

(2) component object that represents an angle that is bent from a plate and that connects parts

polygon sections had 3 points on the same line, bolt unfolding was failing causing incorrect unfolded single part drawings. This now has been fixed.

TTSD-16629 Drawings

Sometimes there was a crash during automatic cloningprocess of creating a drawing that Tekla Structures carries out for a part or assembly when its position number changes and the original drawing is no longer valid for that part or assembly

In automatic cloning, Tekla Structures creates a new drawing using the original drawing as a cloning template, and the original drawing is saved for other, similar parts or assemblies.

if there were associative notes in the drawing. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-24406 Drawings

When Secondary part(1) part that exists in a building object and that is connected to the main part

(1) Secondary part can be an assembly secondary part or a cast unit secondary part.

(2) input part that the user selects after selecting the component main part when creating a component

(2) A component can have none, one or more component secondary parts.

dimension direction
was set to Neighbor partpart that is close to a part that the drawing is made for but that is not in the same assembly or cast unit

The representation of neighbor parts is usually different from that of the part.

Neighbor parts can be used as reference in dimensioning.

in dimensioning properties, there was sometimes a crash when creating or modifying assembly drawings. This has now been fixed.

129910 Drawings

Printing could crash if a drawing contained text with an invalid height. Printing now continues and the error is written in the log.

TTSD-7134 Drawings
Since Tekla Structures 2017, dashed hardware lines have not been scaled by pixels, and if they were drawn in a corner, they started with a line. It has not been possible to scale hardware lines to make them easier to read on the screen. Hardware lines are the first couple of lines in the line list.

Now, these hardware line types are again scaled by pixels by default, which means that they look the same in all zoom levels. There is now a new advanced option XS_SHOW_HARDWARE_DASHED_LINE_IN_PIXEL_SCALE. By setting it to FALSE you can activate the new functionality where dash line scale is the same as in printed and exported drawings, and  the hardware lines work in the same way as the custom lines. The default value is TRUE. The functionality of the custom lines has not changed.

TTSD-6118 Drawings

Previously, there were sometimes extra lines shown when you had a drawing snapshotimage of a drawing that shows the drawing as it was at a certain point in time

Drawing snapshots make it possible to have a quick look at any drawing without opening the drawing. Snapshots are used, for example, for finding a certain drawing edition. Snapshots can be viewed in Tekla Structures but they cannot be edited.

on top of the model. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-11459 Drawings

Lines with blank line type were printed as solid lines. They now no longer appear in the printed output.

TSAC-1819 Drawings

When you open a drawing that contains pattern lines, and the .clp file of a pattern linedrawing shape that consists of one or several blocks of elements and that may include symbols, lines, and spacings.

Pattern lines can be used to indicate cut lines, foundations, weld paths, or electrical wiring, for example.

is missing, a report window will be displayed. The report will contain a list with the name of each pattern line that does not have a related .clp file.

125834 Drawings

In some models, rebars created by using the RebarMeshViewCreator applicationpart of Tekla Structures functionality that is developed in order to extend the capability of Tekla Structures but that is not included in the Tekla Structures installation

were missing from drawings. This has now been fixed.

107130 Drawings

Printing did not plot background fill, but plotted hidden hatches. This has now been fixed.

131256 Drawings

Some .png images appeared incorrectly in the PDF output. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-10168 Drawings

Check boxes in drawing property dialog boxes for polygons, circles and rectangles now work correctly.

TTSD-12717, 124327 Drawings

When resizing a 2D arc in a drawing by dragging with mouse, the arc now retains its start point and end point.

TTSD-16747 Drawings

When you create several drawings at a time, Tekla Structures shows a progress dialog with a Cancel button. However, clicking the Cancel button did not stop creating new drawings, but created them without templates. This has now been fixed. Moreover, now the dialog box also shows two progress bars: the first bar shows what is done for each drawing, and it goes back and forth. The second bar proceeds steadily after every drawing.

127835 Drawings

Sometimes reference models caused a big drawing view framesolid frame around all the contents of a drawing view

Drawing view frame can be used when modifying properties of a single drawing view. Drawing views can be dragged using the drawing view frame.

. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-1510 Drawings

In drawings, in certain situations, hidden lines were drawn incorrectly for objects behind non-solid items.

104407 Drawings

An underscore in the assembly position numberposition number that is assigned to an assembly or a cast unit

was omitted from the PDF file name. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-4998 Drawings

Drawing views now remember which properties were used and show the name of the properties file in the view properties dialog box, if such file matches the attributes in the dialog box.

TTSD-7497 Drawings

Previously, when adding marks to several parts in a drawing, and one of the parts already had a mark and the rest did not have mark content defined, nothing happened. Now the mark properties dialog box is displayed where you can define the contents for the marks.

TTSD-17069 Drawings

A memory leak occurred at drawing opening when you had set the advanced option XS_HIDDEN_LINES_UNHIDE_EMBEDDED to TRUE. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-11588 Drawings

Adding merged reinforcement marks to rebars that are detached from a cast unit now works better than previously.

50017 Drawings

You can now change the location of radial dimensions .

120475 Drawings

When you use dimensioning type Shape dimensions, dimensions are now placed to the free side of an object. Previously, they were always placed to the nearest side, which in some cases resulted dimension lines crossing the object itself.
Here is an example of the shape dimensions before the fix:

Here is an example of the shape dimensions after the fix:

116940 Drawings

The Print drawings dialog box could crash if output file was set to a certain path, for example, c:xxx\PDFs. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-4202, 130810 Drawings

Previously, some snapping options did not work very well with polygons in drawings. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-6799 Drawings

The Print Drawings dialog box could have an applicationpart of Tekla Structures functionality that is developed in order to extend the capability of Tekla Structures but that is not included in the Tekla Structures installation

error if there were conflicts between dependent libraries. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-7287, 131509 Drawings

The command Arrange drawing objects (Freeplace) > Ignore current locations now also moves rebar mark base points to the original location.

TTSD-10179 Drawings

Now loading dimension properties from a properties file in a drawing when a dimension is selected  works correctly for all fields.

TTSD-11110 Drawings

Lines in an extruder beam drawing were drawn incorrectly. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-9467 Drawings

Shorteningdeforming that decreases the modeled length of a part in a drawing by a value the user has entered

Shortening is used when the parts are manufactured shorter than modeled.

line color was incorrect in the print output. This has now been fixed.

125869 Drawings

When the advanced option XS_ROTATE_CUT_VIEWS is set to BY_SYMBOL_MAIN_VIEW or you create drawings using column as the main part(1) part that exists in a building object and that determines the position number for the assembly or cast unit and the direction of assembly or cast unit drawings

(1) Main part can be an assembly main part or a cast unit main part.

(2) input part that the user selects first when creating a component

(2) Connections and details always have a component main part.

, drawing update was removing all dimensions from section views.  In cloning, the section views did not get any dimensions. This has now been fixed.

129087 Drawings

Leaving the advanced option  XS_POUR_BREAK_SYMBOL field empty could sometimes cause an applicationpart of Tekla Structures functionality that is developed in order to extend the capability of Tekla Structures but that is not included in the Tekla Structures installation

error. This has now been fixed.

118352 Drawings

When using dimensioning types Filter dimensions or Shape dimensions, the dimension extension lines are now extended correctly to the dimension pointpoint that Tekla Structures or the user has used for dimensioning

. Previously, the lines were sometimes too short.

116991, TTSD-2048 Drawings

A warning message is displayed if you try to create a section viewdrawing view that shows a selected area as a cross section

A section view can be created of the parts in a drawing view. A section view can be created manually or automatically.

by first clicking outside an existing view.

TTSD-5093, 131114 Drawings

Area selectionmethod of selecting objects that are included in a certain rectangular area of a model

In addition to the selected area, selection switches and selection filters control which object types are selected.

works correctly again in drawings.

TTSD-10928 Drawings

The graying out of dialog box options for drawing rebar meshes has been improved.

128234 Drawings

Merged weld marks could cause an applicationpart of Tekla Structures functionality that is developed in order to extend the capability of Tekla Structures but that is not included in the Tekla Structures installation

error when you used free placement. This has now been fixed.

128624 Drawings

Rich text file (.rtf) texts now support line spacing and spacing after paragraph.

TTSD-1409 Drawings

In bent plate(1) part that is created from contour plates, or beams whose profile is a plate

(1) Bent plates can be conical or cylindrical.

Curved beams, spiral beams, or deformed parts cannot be used for creating a bent plate.

(2) component object that represents an angle that is bent from a plate and that connects parts

unfolding drawings, when a bending line is skewed, both ends of the bending line are dimensioned on both X and Y axis, in order to get all the needed dimensions.

TTSD-2831, 130037 Drawings

In drawings where 2D Library views were added, the views could move 10 mm from their original location and also outside the drawing. This has now been fixed.

121911 Drawings

The print preview is now disabled by default. You can display the preview by clicking the preview area.

TTSD-16359 Drawings

Subassemblies did not get position dimensions in assembly drawings. This has now been fixed.

78947 Drawings

Previously, if the hook of a rebar was only included in drawing viewview that includes selected model objects or an area in the model, that is represented in a drawing

A drawing view is a container for model and drawing objects.

A drawing can include several drawing views, which usually are two-dimensional views, plane views, to the model.

Examples of drawing views in Tekla Structures include main views, section views, single-part views, and 3D views.

extrema, it was not visible. This has now been fixed.

127063 Drawings

Special color printed the same color regardless of the defined XS_HATCH_SPECIAL_COLOR options. This has now been fixed.

130691, TTSD-4236 Drawings

The command Adjust location adjusts the location of the tapered curved rebars correctly also when input handle points are not at the same direction.

TTSD-6560, 131747 Drawings

The dimension tags now allow you to add pour objectbuilding object that is formed of one or more cast-in-place concrete parts, or a part of a cast-in-place concrete part

The cast-in-place concrete parts are merged into one pour object if they have the same material grade and pour phase, and if they touch each other. Pour objects are visible in pour view.

properties to dimension lines associated to pour objects in GA drawings. 
Note that dimension tags created on pour objects before this fix will not work with the new tag, and they need to be re-created.

TTSD-10057 Drawings

Drawing listlist of drawings that provides information about the drawings in a particular model and that is used for searching, managing, and printing the drawings

In the drawing list, the user can, for example, search, open, update, freeze, lock, and delete drawings. The drawing list can also be used to display the associations between the drawings and the parts in the model.

Drawing list is used in Tekla Structures until version 2018. See document manager.

was refreshed and all drawings were always shown in multi-user models after save. Now only visible drawings are kept.

TTSD-14193 Drawings

The protection area for the first mark with template content is now correctly placed when opening a drawing.

42678 Drawings

When you rotated a drawing viewview that includes selected model objects or an area in the model, that is represented in a drawing

A drawing view is a container for model and drawing objects.

A drawing can include several drawing views, which usually are two-dimensional views, plane views, to the model.

Examples of drawing views in Tekla Structures include main views, section views, single-part views, and 3D views.

that contained detail marks, everything else in the view was rotated, but the detail marks stayed in their original position. This has now been fixed.

125542 Drawings

The associative noteassociative annotation object that can include any additional information about the building object it is attached to

One building object can have several associative notes.

change symbols are again rotated correctly.

128680 Drawings

Advanced gridmodeling aid that represents a three-dimensional complex of horizontal and vertical planes

In Tekla Structures, grids are used as an aid in locating objects in a model. The grid is shown on the view plane by dash-and-dot lines. It is also possible to show grids and grid line labels in drawings, and to modify grid properties in the drawings.

It is possible to have more than one grid in a model. For example, a large-scale grid for the entire structure, and smaller grids for some detailed sections.

labels are now shown correctly on all sides of the grid.

128358 Drawings

Multidrawingdrawing that gathers together several drawings on one sheet

The individual drawings in a multidrawing may be of any drawing type.

views no longer overlap with templates.

TTSD-5246 Drawings

In drawing layoutplan of a drawing that includes the table layout and definitions of the sheet size

Tekla Structures includes several predefined drawing layouts, which are drawing-type specific. The user can also create new drawing layouts.

editor, the options Scale and Rotation are now disabled when you are working with the Available tables list. Earlier they were hidden. This may sometimes help when you select tables from the side pane.

TTSD-4028, 130591 Drawings

It is no longer possible to modify drawing part properties from drawing reference object propertiesproperties associated with an object type

Usually a single object property includes a default value that the user can modify.

.

TTSD-1467 Drawings

In dimensioning type Integrated dimensions, re-dimensioning a view in an unfolded drawing would lead to incorrect dimensions unrelated to the unfolded shape.
This now produces the same dimensions as when creating an unfolded drawing.

TTSD-2744 Drawings

The drawing window zoom level was not always correct after opening a drawing. This has now been fixed.

130873, TTSD-4380 Drawings

The pop-up menu now shows all the necessary commands in the drawing modemode that is used for editing the appearance and content of drawings

Tekla Structures switches to the drawing mode when the user opens any drawing.

.

131697 Drawings

Old saved UDAobject property created by the user in order to widen the range of predefined object properties

User-defined attributes are used when the predefined object properties are not sufficient but more properties are needed. For example, comment, locked, and erection status are user-defined attributes.

drawing listlist of drawings that provides information about the drawings in a particular model and that is used for searching, managing, and printing the drawings

In the drawing list, the user can, for example, search, open, update, freeze, lock, and delete drawings. The drawing list can also be used to display the associations between the drawings and the parts in the model.

Drawing list is used in Tekla Structures until version 2018. See document manager.

filters are now working. The new columns Ready for issuing and Ready for issuing by were causing problems that have now been fixed.

TSAC-2375 Drawings

Pattern line editortool in Tekla Structures that is used for creating and modifying pattern lines

Pattern line editor can be used in a model or in an open drawing.

The created pattern lines are added to drawings with the pattern line command.

saves the default color correctly in the created .clp file, so the pattern linedrawing shape that consists of one or several blocks of elements and that may include symbols, lines, and spacings.

Pattern lines can be used to indicate cut lines, foundations, weld paths, or electrical wiring, for example.

color can be modified.

122217 Drawings

Dimension text is now always shown on top of the dimension lineline that visualizes the distance between the defined dimension points

Separate dimensions can be combined into a longer dimension line.

.
 

129449 Drawings

Dimension lineline that visualizes the distance between the defined dimension points

Separate dimensions can be combined into a longer dimension line.

and extension line(1) temporary line in a model that can be used for aligning objects with each other

(1) Extension lines can be used when snapping or creating points.

(2) line in a drawing that is perpendicular to a dimension line and that connects the dimension line to the building object

intersection points were drawn too large, so they were visible in printouts. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-4149 Drawings

The Arrange views command on the drawing Views tab did not place the drawing views correctly if there were template tables on the left side of the drawing sheet. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-3789 Drawings

Cover-up polygon and polyline previously showed contextual toolbarfloating toolbar that contains commands for modifying the most common object properties

The user can customize the contextual toolbar.

The term mini toolbar is used in Tekla Structures until version 21.1.

when they should not. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-6566 Drawings

It was not possible to only select weld objects in drawings, though they were selected when you selected all objects. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-6576 Drawings

Previously, Tekla Structures used too much memory and crashed if you added 2D Library details with over 3000 lines. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-6376 Drawings

Old saved UDAobject property created by the user in order to widen the range of predefined object properties

User-defined attributes are used when the predefined object properties are not sufficient but more properties are needed. For example, comment, locked, and erection status are user-defined attributes.

drawing listlist of drawings that provides information about the drawings in a particular model and that is used for searching, managing, and printing the drawings

In the drawing list, the user can, for example, search, open, update, freeze, lock, and delete drawings. The drawing list can also be used to display the associations between the drawings and the parts in the model.

Drawing list is used in Tekla Structures until version 2018. See document manager.

filters did not work after the columns Ready for issuing and Ready for issuing by were added. Now they work as they used to.

TTSD-9744 Drawings

The plot date was not updated even if the advanced option XS_DISABLE_DRAWING_PLOT_DATE was set to FALSE. This has now been fixed.

TSAC-1409 Drawings

You can now enter text in the Prefix and Postfix boxes in the Dimension Properties dialog box in drawings.

TTSD-15266 Drawings

Previously, when you were creating a polygon or a polyline in a drawing and if you were panning the screen during the process, extra points were sometimes  added to the polyline or polygon. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-4111 Drawings

Now, when you activate a set of snap switches in a drawing and save the drawing, and then reopen the same drawing, or open another drawing, the same set of snap switches is still active. Previously, snap switchswitch used for controlling what kind of points Tekla Structures snaps to

The user needs to activate snap switches to be able to pick different points, for example, line ends and intersections.

Snap switches help the user to pick points in order to position model objects precisely without having to know the coordinates or create additional lines or points.

settings were not saved in the drawing modemode that is used for editing the appearance and content of drawings

Tekla Structures switches to the drawing mode when the user opens any drawing.

.

127017 Drawings

Unfolding bent plate(1) part that is created from contour plates, or beams whose profile is a plate

(1) Bent plates can be conical or cylindrical.

Curved beams, spiral beams, or deformed parts cannot be used for creating a bent plate.

(2) component object that represents an angle that is bent from a plate and that connects parts

dimensions for horizontal bends were not created at all, or were created on horizontal dimensions. Now this has been fixed and horizontal bend information is shown in vertical dimensions.

TTSD-2754, 129603 Drawings

The diameter sign in the bolt markmark that includes a set of selected property elements related to a bolt or bolt group

diamond frame was drawn incorrectly in some system locales, such as Korean. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-12888 Drawings

In some of the drawing modemode that is used for editing the appearance and content of drawings

Tekla Structures switches to the drawing mode when the user opens any drawing.

dialog boxes the on/off switch at the bottom was not working. This has now been fixed.

127223 Drawings

Leader lineline that connects an annotation object to the related object or point

for merged reinforcement marks is now kept in the correct location.

117864 Drawings

The dimension middle tag now shows all groups that the dimension points to. A hidden advanced option XS_DIMENSION_MARK_CREATE_MIDDLE_TAG_ALWAYS will switch this off if it is set to FALSE.

TTSD-2830 Drawings

The check box for Maximum distance in the Mark placing dialog box now works correctly.

120813, TTSD-5223 Drawings

Pattern lines are now working also in drawing cloning.

TTSD-12761 Drawings

Previously, you were able to create GA drawings while a drawing was open:

  • By right-clicking a model viewview that is represented in the modeling mode

    Model view is available also in the drawing mode and it is represented in its own window.

    and selecting Create GA Drawingdrawing that is created from one or more model views and that shows information needed to understand the general arrangement of structural elements on a project

    General arrangement drawings show how parts, assemblies, cast units, or pour objects are located in a building.

  • By clicking the Create button in the previously opened Create General Arrangement Drawingdrawing that is created from one or more model views and that shows information needed to understand the general arrangement of structural elements on a project

    General arrangement drawings show how parts, assemblies, cast units, or pour objects are located in a building.

    dialog box.

These commands either crashed Tekla Structures or created an empty drawing. For this reason, both methods for creating a GA drawing from a model view while having drawings open have been either hidden (right-click menu command ) or disabled (the Create button).

TTSD-21756 Drawings

Sometimes Tekla Structures showed an assert when a text was moved in a drawing using the Shift button.

117834 Drawings

Reinforcement was not shown  right away in assembly drawings, but only after modifying the view. This has now been fixed.

130060 Drawings

TeklaStructures.lin was not found during printing with multiple entries in XS_INP. This has now been fixed.

114388 Drawings

Printing did not plot the background fill. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-4090, 130649 Drawings

Polygons in drawings did not always have correct properties after the creation. This has now been fixed.

111107 Drawings

Using %TPL:DATE% in XS_DRAWING_PLOT_FILE_NAME_* now works correctly

TTSD-6390, 131714 Drawings

In some cases, the rebar mark was not optimally placed when created. This has now been improved.

TTSD-4573 Drawings

Earlier, manually added welds were jumping because insertion points and moving points were different due to protection settings. Now the behavior has changed, and the first and last inserting points match moving points.

TTSD-5802 Drawings

A new option single line with filled ends has been added in rebar representationthe way that the information included in a model is represented visually

in drawings to be used especially in section views. This option shows different representation for parallel and perpendicular bars. 

TTSD-9702 Drawings

Printing to printer failed, and the error message Create Directory was displayed if the plot file location setting was empty, invalid or could not be created. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-15665 Drawings

The rebar extrema is now calculated by thickening each leg by the bar radius.

124242 Drawings

Dimension tags were not shown in rebar dimensions that were automatically created in a cast unit drawingdrawing that displays information on concrete parts, including reinforcement, cast-in embeds, edge chamfers, and insulation, in a cast unit

Cast unit drawings are generally used either at the element factory or at the construction site.

. This has now been fixed.

127018 Drawings

If you had both vertical and horizontal bends, some of the bent plate(1) part that is created from contour plates, or beams whose profile is a plate

(1) Bent plates can be conical or cylindrical.

Curved beams, spiral beams, or deformed parts cannot be used for creating a bent plate.

(2) component object that represents an angle that is bent from a plate and that connects parts

bending line dimensions pointed to shifted bending line point instead of the base pointpoint in a model that is used to define a starting point in surveying and that is used as an anchor point in coordinate and height transformations

A Tekla Structures project can have several base points but only one of them can be the project base point.

Base points allow the use of another coordinate system needed for interoperability and collaboration. Base points can also be used in drawings, and in reports and templates. Model origin is the default base point in Tekla Structures.

Base points are also called control points.

. The numerical value was correct. This has now been fixed.

127381 Drawings

Reinforcement markmark that includes a set of selected property elements related to a reinforcement

rotation value was not applied if you changed it on the view level. This has now been fixed.

130630 Drawings

Detailed object level settingsdrawing settings that affect the representation of selected drawing objects

Object level settings can be defined when creating a new drawing or when modifying an open drawing.

Object level settings can be use in a drawing or in a drawing view in order to change the representation of the chosen drawing objects.

are now taken into use when object level settings are saved.

131273 Drawings

Some complex polygons were not filled the same way as the drawing in the printed output. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-11881 Drawings

Resizing text files in drawings was not working. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-1804 Drawings

Performance of opening drawing viewview that includes selected model objects or an area in the model, that is represented in a drawing

A drawing view is a container for model and drawing objects.

A drawing can include several drawing views, which usually are two-dimensional views, plane views, to the model.

Examples of drawing views in Tekla Structures include main views, section views, single-part views, and 3D views.

property dialog box has been improved. Now opening the dialog takes roughly around 35% less time.

TTSD-3654 Drawings

Dimension marks and tagged dimension marks are now shown correctly in cast unit drawings. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-7129 Drawings

If a drawing was opened twice previously and an image used in the drawing had changed but kept the same name, the image shown in the drawing was not updated. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-9539 Drawings

You can now use spaces in dimension filter rule names.

TTSD-24459 Drawings

Detailed object level settingsdrawing settings that affect the representation of selected drawing objects

Object level settings can be defined when creating a new drawing or when modifying an open drawing.

Object level settings can be use in a drawing or in a drawing view in order to change the representation of the chosen drawing objects.

were not applied if the name from the dialog box differed from file name for the given attribute.

115636 Drawings

When you use view-level dimensioning and dimensioning type Integrated dimensions, the dimension properties for angle dimensions are now also applied to automatically created radius dimensions.

124791 Drawings

Objects that are filtered out are no longer dimensioned when you create a drawing using dimensioning type Integrated dimensioning.

130185 Drawings

Corrupted image files in drawings are now replaced with a rectangle and cross placeholder in printouts.

TTSD-4075 Drawings

Arcs with very slight bulge were shown incorrectly in print previews. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-5128 Drawings

Reference modelmodel which the designer can use as an aid when building another model

A reference model is created in Tekla Structures or in other software and can be inserted to Tekla Structures. The reference model appears together with the model but it is not modified by Tekla Structures. The user can snap to reference model points.

For example, an architectural model, a plant design model, or a heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning (HVAC) model can be a reference model.

hidden line removal now works when the reference model objectmodel object that is an individual part of an imported reference model

The user can define user-defined attributes for a reference model object.

The reference model objects can be moved to a model that is currently being worked on.

Information included in a reference model object can be saved in the model database.

has been cut by the view boundarydashed frame inside a drawing view

Drawing view boundary can be used when cropping the contents of a drawing view. For example, it is possible to resize drawing views so that there is no unnecessary empty space in them, or to show just a specific part of the drawing view contents.

(restriction) box.

TTSD-11141 Drawings

Previously clicking Modify in the drawing viewview that includes selected model objects or an area in the model, that is represented in a drawing

A drawing view is a container for model and drawing objects.

A drawing can include several drawing views, which usually are two-dimensional views, plane views, to the model.

Examples of drawing views in Tekla Structures include main views, section views, single-part views, and 3D views.

properties dialog box without selecting anything from the options tree, or selecting mark options tree without changing the existing applied settings sometimes caused marks to change position. This has now been fixed.

TSAC-1323 Drawings

The Rebar layering marker macrosaved series of actions that includes instructions for a program

Macros are located in the applications and components catalog. They are recorded or created manually and stored as .cs file in a folder defined with the advanced option XS_MACRO_DIRECTORY.

Macros can, for example, be used for creating drawings or reports.

Macros are sometimes used to run an application.

no longer crashes.

TSAC-1795 Drawings

Pattern lines in a drawing are now updated automatically when you have modified the pattern linedrawing shape that consists of one or several blocks of elements and that may include symbols, lines, and spacings.

Pattern lines can be used to indicate cut lines, foundations, weld paths, or electrical wiring, for example.

and reopen the drawing.

126636 Drawings

When you tried to export a drawing into a DWG file, a warning message appeared. This has now been fixed.

127236 Drawings

A part of the weld markmark that includes a set of selected property elements related to a weld

content was duplicated when the mark was on the left side and the advanced option XS_AISC_WELD_MARK was set to TRUE. This has now been fixed.

128185 Drawings

Dual dimensios are now placed correctly on automatically created dimension lines when adding or removing dimension points.

TTSD-4083, 130733 Drawings

Rebar meshreinforcement that represents a mesh of steel bars in two perpendicular directions

In Tekla Structures, the reinforcement mesh bars in one direction are called main bars and reinforcement mesh bars perpendicular to them are called crossing bars.

mark position is now calculated correctly in drawing views.

TTSD-13304 Drawings

Search results are now saved as before.

TTSD-4705, 130999 Drawings

You can now add dimension marks and tagged dimension marks for horizontal reinforcing bars. Previously, this only worked for vertical bars.

130181, TTSD-3282 Drawings

In some drawings, the part extremas of unwrapped parts were not recalculated correctly when drawings were recreated. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-7454 Drawings

The advanced option XS_USE_RECESS_SYMBOL_FOR_BORDER_AND_CORNER_RECESSES did not work correctly. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-24940 Drawings

Tekla Structures does not crash anymore when modifying a drawing even if the UDAobject property created by the user in order to widen the range of predefined object properties

User-defined attributes are used when the predefined object properties are not sufficient but more properties are needed. For example, comment, locked, and erection status are user-defined attributes.

definitions are missing from the objects.inp.
The User-defined attributes dialog box is not available at all in the drawing dialog box  if UDAs are missing from the environment. Previously,clicking the panel caused an applicationpart of Tekla Structures functionality that is developed in order to extend the capability of Tekla Structures but that is not included in the Tekla Structures installation

error.

124827 Drawings

Outlines of graphical objects in drawings, such as circles and polygons, are now shown better when plotted.

130466 Drawings

The speed of drawing printing and PDF output is no longer affected by the size of the model.

131287 Drawings

Sometimes holesmall hollow open throughout a part or assembly that is usually used for fastening parts with bolts or other such objects

Hole is created in the same way as bolts and hole properties are defined in the bolt properties.

and recess dimensions were not created even though the rule had been added to view level dimensioning. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-10843 Drawings

Previously, when drawing arcs or circles in a drawing it was not possible to pan the view while the drawing had started, now this is possible.

TTSD-12875 Drawings

Drawing names may now contain square brackets [].

TTSD-10412 Drawings

The advanced optionssettings used to customize Tekla Structures for specific companies, standards, users, or user groups

In Tekla Structures, advanced options are settings that are used, for example, in a specific project or geographical area, or by a specific company.

In Tekla Structures, advanced options usually begin with the initials XS and are followed by the name of the function, for example XS_BACKGROUND_COLOR.

XS_DRAWING_PLOT_FILE_NAME_M and XS_DRAWING_PLOT_FILE_NAME_W  now work in accordance to other plot file name advanced options and Tekla User Assistanceonline help and self-support service for Tekla Structures

Tekla User Assistance includes instructions, support articles, and instructional videos, and it offers a possibility for feedback.

Tekla User Assistance is one of the Tekla online services.

instructions. They used to be MODEL specific, now they are by default MODEL(ROLE) specific and you can change the type to SYSTEM(ROLE).

127009 Drawings

Hidden line removal for reference models in drawings was not always working if the reference modelmodel which the designer can use as an aid when building another model

A reference model is created in Tekla Structures or in other software and can be inserted to Tekla Structures. The reference model appears together with the model but it is not modified by Tekla Structures. The user can snap to reference model points.

For example, an architectural model, a plant design model, or a heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning (HVAC) model can be a reference model.

was not visible on the modeling side. This has now been fixed.

127296 Drawings

The Save button now works in the Drawing export layers dialog box.

108301 Drawings

When bent plate(1) part that is created from contour plates, or beams whose profile is a plate

(1) Bent plates can be conical or cylindrical.

Curved beams, spiral beams, or deformed parts cannot be used for creating a bent plate.

(2) component object that represents an angle that is bent from a plate and that connects parts

or polybeampart of a certain shape that is created as a continuous chain of beams passing through points that the user picks

The segments of the polybeam are straight, but segment intersections can be curved. For example, a beam that follows a zigzag line is a polybeam.

dimension parameters were changed through the contextual toolbarfloating toolbar that contains commands for modifying the most common object properties

The user can customize the contextual toolbar.

The term mini toolbar is used in Tekla Structures until version 21.1.

, the bending angle and radius texts disappeared. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-5454 Drawings

When you had selected all handles of a polyline, and then moved the polyline by using the Move command on the pop-up menu, the shape of the polyline sometimes changed. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-3779, 130357 Drawings

The view direction mark height setting accepted 0 (zero) as a default value. This has now been fixed in order to prevent incorrect drawing data. A warning message will appear if the user tries to use the value 0 as the view direction mark height.

TTSD-11513 Drawings

Sometimes a  pull-out picturesmall graphic in a reinforcement mark, table, or report template that shows the shape and dimensions of a reinforcing bar

could disappear from the mark during a drawing update. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-6550 Drawings

In version Tekla Structures 2017, the DWG export caused an applicationpart of Tekla Structures functionality that is developed in order to extend the capability of Tekla Structures but that is not included in the Tekla Structures installation

error if you used the option Cut lines with text. This has now been fixed

TTSD-18695 Drawings

Symbols in some dimensions and labels did not appear in printed output. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-22912 Drawings

Drawings with custom plug-ins using lots of graphical objects, such as lines, or rectangles, have now slightly better performance.

130309, TTSD-2249 Drawings

The reflected view now works correctly for the pour objects shown in general arrangement drawings.

TTSD-7342, 131597, 132030 Drawings

Previously, Tekla Structures used too much memory and crashed if you added 2D Library details with over 3000 lines. This has now been fixed.

124904 Drawings

Cover-up lines are now shown better in printouts.

TTSD-3738 Drawings

Sometimes some drawing templates are very slow to open. Earlier, the cancelling message box at drawing opening just showed that objects where rendered. Now the message box also shows when tables are being updated, and you can cancel the the opening faster.

131045, TTSD-4907 Drawings

Previously, graphical objects in drawings were always showing their dimensions when they were selected. Now if multiple objects are selected at the same time, the dimensions are not shown.

TTSD-6344, 131662 Drawings

In some cases, Tekla Structures could crash when drawing holesmall hollow open throughout a part or assembly that is usually used for fastening parts with bolts or other such objects

Hole is created in the same way as bolts and hole properties are defined in the bolt properties.

or recess symbols in parts in drawings. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-6845 Drawings

Creating an assembly drawingdrawing that shows fabrication information for a basic or a nested assembly, including bolts and welds, and that is generally used at the workshop

Assembly drawings show how parts are located in an assembly. They contain the parts of the assembly presented in one or more views.

sometimes caused Tekla Structures applicationpart of Tekla Structures functionality that is developed in order to extend the capability of Tekla Structures but that is not included in the Tekla Structures installation

error. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-7290 Drawings

Previously, saving a model while editing a drawing caused ortho snapping to becomed enabled. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-12796 Drawings

Previously, cloning some single part drawings sometimes created extra weld marks that were not present in the original drawing. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-12551 Drawings

Earlier, if you set a drawing table layoutplan that defines the selection, placing, and scale of tables in a drawing

to empty and it was previously not empty, the previous tables were still visible. This has now been fixed, and the previous tables are no longer visible.

TTSD-17148 Drawings

Sometimes Tekla Structures applicationpart of Tekla Structures functionality that is developed in order to extend the capability of Tekla Structures but that is not included in the Tekla Structures installation

error occurred when you had set Show openings/recess symbol to Yes in drawing viewview that includes selected model objects or an area in the model, that is represented in a drawing

A drawing view is a container for model and drawing objects.

A drawing can include several drawing views, which usually are two-dimensional views, plane views, to the model.

Examples of drawing views in Tekla Structures include main views, section views, single-part views, and 3D views.

properties and you opened a drawing of a curved structure. This has now been fixed.

127337 Drawings

Keyboard shortcuts Space (end a command) and Backspace (undo the latest pick) are now working when you are creating a polygon or a polyline in a drawing.

127461 Drawings

The Combine command no longer creates arc symbols in polygons.

111043 Drawings

Drawing views were not always showing rebars outside the concrete completely. This has now been fixed.

129489 Drawings

Tekla Structures could sometimes crash when you exited the drawing modemode that is used for editing the appearance and content of drawings

Tekla Structures switches to the drawing mode when the user opens any drawing.

. This has now been fixed.

130766, TTSD-4349 Drawings

Earlier, drawing section viewdrawing view that shows a selected area as a cross section

A section view can be created of the parts in a drawing view. A section view can be created manually or automatically.

handles were hidden behind the part hatch. This has now been fixed and section view handles appear on top of the part hatch.

TTSD-6454, 129112 Drawings

When creating an unfolded single part drawing of a polybeampart of a certain shape that is created as a continuous chain of beams passing through points that the user picks

The segments of the polybeam are straight, but segment intersections can be curved. For example, a beam that follows a zigzag line is a polybeam.

or a bent plate(1) part that is created from contour plates, or beams whose profile is a plate

(1) Bent plates can be conical or cylindrical.

Curved beams, spiral beams, or deformed parts cannot be used for creating a bent plate.

(2) component object that represents an angle that is bent from a plate and that connects parts

, bolts that were attached to another segment of polybeam than the first one or to another bent plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

section than the parent bent plate section were sometimes not unfolded properly. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-6583 Drawings

The displayed accuracy of the offsets in Layout editortool that enables editing the table layout directly on a drawing

In the layout editor, it is possible select which tables are included in the table layout and where they are placed. The table scale, and rotation and overlapping with drawing views can be adjusted.

in US Imperial environment has been increased.
Layout editor now also displays the drawing frame to which the templates are anchored. This is best visible in US Imperial environment where this frame is not at the same location as the blue frame of the drawing.

TTSD-6966, 132027 Drawings

Associative notes were not always cloned when the cloning templatemaster drawing where an existing drawing is used to copy the drawing settings for a new drawing

The new drawing has the same drawing settings as the original drawing.

The user creates a cloning template of a drawing typically after extensive manual modifications have been made in the drawing, in order to achieve the same appearance and contents in new drawings.

In the master drawing catalog, it is possible to create single-part, assembly, and cast unit drawings using cloning templates. It is also possible to add new cloning templates to the master drawing catalog from the document manager.

was in another model. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-16127 Drawings

When pours were used as neighboring partpart that is close to a part that the drawing is made for but that is not in the same assembly or cast unit

The representation of neighbor parts is usually different from that of the part.

Neighbor parts can be used as reference in dimensioning.

in a drawing, settings for the main pour were overriding settings used for neighboring parts when modifying the drawing. Now Modify keeps and updates properties of pours as neighboring parts to correct values.

123647 Drawings

In the drawing viewview that includes selected model objects or an area in the model, that is represented in a drawing

A drawing view is a container for model and drawing objects.

A drawing can include several drawing views, which usually are two-dimensional views, plane views, to the model.

Examples of drawing views in Tekla Structures include main views, section views, single-part views, and 3D views.

properties dialog box, modifications to the currently open panel were lost whenever a new panel was selected for the first time from the options tree. This has now been fixed.

125113 Drawings

In the Print drawings dialog box, the paper size now appears immediately when you have loaded a settings file.

125114 Drawings

Printing could crash if the printer was changed in the settings file outside the program. This has now been fixed.

111858 Drawings

It was possible for the PDF filenames to include invalid file name characters, which prevented them from printing. Now, any invalid characters are automatically substituted by underscores (_).

TTSD-7292, 132219 Drawings

When copying drawing views to empty multidrawings, the command Copy with layout updates the tables again.

TTSD-8962 Drawings

When you created a line in a drawing and you selected to add line bulge in the properties dialog, the Apply button did not apply the bulge. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-13153 Drawings

An applicationpart of Tekla Structures functionality that is developed in order to extend the capability of Tekla Structures but that is not included in the Tekla Structures installation

error occurred when you used the backspace key on the keyboard to cancel the previously picked points while creating a polygon or a polyline. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-13002 Drawings

When drawings containing linked DWGs were printed, the line width of the DWGs did not follow the line width of the color. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-18949 Drawings

When deleting obsolete drawing .dg files, a backup of related snapshot files (.dg.DPM) was unnecessarily moved under the \snapshots folder under the current modelmodel that is active in Tekla Structures

The current model can be a single-user model, a shared model or a working model.

folder. This no longer happens.

TTSD-20407 Drawings

Opening of some drawings could sometimes fail. This has now been fixed.

126988 Drawings

When the Dimension to setting is set to create all dimensions, custom components are now dimensioned correctly to component input points, when the Component objects setting is set to By reference pointpoint that Tekla Structures creates when the user creates a model object, the point being visualized as a handle

The reference points follow the model object if it is moved. They are only deleted if the related model object is deleted.

Reference points can be selected as snap points in a snap switch.

.

127556 Drawings

Dimensioning type Holesmall hollow open throughout a part or assembly that is usually used for fastening parts with bolts or other such objects

Hole is created in the same way as bolts and hole properties are defined in the bolt properties.

dimensions
now also dimensions holes of those subassemblies that have the same material type as the assembly or cast unit main partmain part that exists in a cast unit

The cast unit main part in a concrete cast unit is, by default, the part with the largest volume of concrete.

The user can change the cast unit main part.

.

131044, TTSD-4904 Drawings

When inserting graphical objects if you entered the first point using a temporary snap pointpoint to which Tekla Structures snaps

and numeric input, the insertion failed. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-4077 Drawings

Earlier, when you opened a drawing, Tekla Structures processed all referenced models to check if they are located in spaces defined by the drawing views included in the drawing. This sometimes took a very long time. Now only the reference models that are previously set visible in the drawing are processed during drawing opening, which makes the opening of the drawings a lot faster. Note that when you go to the Reference object tab in the properties dialog box, all not up-to-date reference models are processed.

TTSD-10494 Drawings

The Add part marks for selected parts command is no longer dimmed on the ribbon when you select a single rebar or meshreinforcement that represents a mesh of steel bars in two perpendicular directions

In Tekla Structures, the reinforcement mesh bars in one direction are called main bars and reinforcement mesh bars perpendicular to them are called crossing bars.

.

TTSD-13595 Drawings

When XS_​CREATE_​ROUND_​HOLE_​DIMENSIONS is set to TRUE, the zero point of the dimension measuring the round holesmall hollow open throughout a part or assembly that is usually used for fastening parts with bolts or other such objects

Hole is created in the same way as bolts and hole properties are defined in the bolt properties.

center is now located on the main part(1) part that exists in a building object and that determines the position number for the assembly or cast unit and the direction of assembly or cast unit drawings

(1) Main part can be an assembly main part or a cast unit main part.

(2) input part that the user selects first when creating a component

(2) Connections and details always have a component main part.

edge rather than the assembly edge.

TTSD-18007 Drawings

Previously, drawing views could get corrupted when moved from one drawing to another. This has now been fixed.

Also, some curved lines with a very big radius could change to straight lines in drawings when custom presentation was used, or when printing drawing.  This has now been fixed.

127470 Drawings

An object can no longer be combined to itself.

124802 Drawings

Reinforced concrete(1) cast unit type where the concrete is formed, poured, and cured in its final position

(2) concrete structure which contains reinforcement designed on the assumption that the concrete and reinforcement act together in resisting forces

(2) Reinforcement in reinforced concrete is usually steel bars, wires, or welded wire fabric. It may also be structural fiber of some other material.

(2) In Tekla Structures, reinforced concrete is modeled with reinforcement objects.

stair (95)
: The cast-unit drawings are now oriented correctly.

TTSD-3230, 130195 Drawings

If you edited several drawings and then changed properties that require the drawings to be updated first, the confirmation for updating the changed drawings is now asked only once.

102197 Drawings

The Print Drawings dialog box showed metric drawing sizes in imperial models. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-11243 Drawings

Single part drawings that were manually included in assembly drawings could lose some dimensions when you updated the drawing. This has now been fixed.

126705 Drawings

Modifying Section markuser-created symbol that includes a set of mark elements, identifies a section, and is displayed in the source view

properties on drawing level in single part drawings is now working properly.

127318 Drawings

Surface treatmentbuilding object that represents finishing of a part

The term surface treatment is used in concrete detailing. For concrete parts surface treatment includes surface mixes, tiles, and flat finishes, such as troweling and sandblasting.

The term surface finish is used in steel detailing. For steel parts surface finishes include fire-proofing and unpainted areas.

was not shown correctly in drawing section views. This has now been fixed.

128925 Drawings

The value fields are no longer dimmed in the user-defined attributes dialog box in drawings.

128373 Drawings

Printing now writes all errors in a log file in the model directory: logs\DPMPrinter_<username>.log

TTSD-4458 Drawings

Users can now correctly snap to curved geometries of pour objects when shown in a general arrangement drawingdrawing that is created from one or more model views and that shows information needed to understand the general arrangement of structural elements on a project

General arrangement drawings show how parts, assemblies, cast units, or pour objects are located in a building.

.

TTSD-5229 Drawings

By default, you are allowed to edit drawing templates and table layouts. It is possible to prevent the template and table layoutplan that defines the selection, placing, and scale of tables in a drawing

editing by setting the advanced option XS_DISABLE_TEMPLATE_DOUBLE_CLICK to TRUE in the Drawing Properties category in the Advanced Optionssettings used to customize Tekla Structures for specific companies, standards, users, or user groups

In Tekla Structures, advanced options are settings that are used, for example, in a specific project or geographical area, or by a specific company.

In Tekla Structures, advanced options usually begin with the initials XS and are followed by the name of the function, for example XS_BACKGROUND_COLOR.

dialog box. When you do this:

  • You cannot start editing templates or table layouts by double-clicking a template in a drawing. Instead, the Drawing properties dialog box will be displayed.
  • You cannot start editing templates or table layout by right-clicking a template in a drawing and selecting the corresponding commands.

Previously, this advanced option only affected double-clicking.

TSAC-761 Drawings

The following pattern lines were added to common, US imperial and US metric environments: CityLimits, DoubleFaceConcBarrier, FreeAccessRow, GovernmentLine, HedgeLine, LimitedAccessRow, SingleFaceConcBarrier, and TreeLine.

TTSD-11812 Drawings

Sometimes drawings containing rebars and rebar dimensions would not open. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-18851 Drawings

Custom line types did not always work correctly, for example, in arcs. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-18705 Drawings

Sometimes closing a drawing while the snapshot viewer was open, and then closing the snapshot viewer could cause an ASSERTion failure or even a crash. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-25011 Drawings

Some incorrectly defined welds in the model caused crash in drawings when new section views were created. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-9417 System and options

Type .xml attribute files are again read from the firm folderfolder that is used for storing Tekla Structures-related files customized for a particular organization

A Tekla Structures user can, for example, customize a company’s cloning templates and save them in a sub-folder located under the firm folder. After this, the customized cloning templates can be used in all projects carried out for the company.

.

TTSD-7375 System and options

Folder paths defined in XS_FIRM and XS_PROJECT now work with no backslash at the end of the path.

TTSD-18420 Tekla Model Sharing

In a shared modelmodel used for collaboration over the Tekla Model Sharing service

With a shared model, each user works with their own model and the changes are shared through Tekla Model Sharing. A shared model requires the use of a single-user model. The same model cannot be a shared model and a multi-user model.

, when reading in, conflicts in part numberingprocess of assigning position numbers to parts, cast units, assemblies, or reinforcement

In Tekla Structures, the position numbers assigned in the numbering are shown in marks and templates, for example.

were not always propagated to the assembly, which left the assembly numbering unchanged. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-19624 Tekla Model Sharing

Previously, Tekla Model Sharingcloud service for collaboration and for storing and sharing a model

Tekla Model Sharing is one of the Tekla online services.

file handling could copy temporary files to another model, which could make history reading and writing to report database corruption. Now this has been fixed. Such files are never written out and not read during read in.

TTSD-21393 Tekla Model Sharing

With some reference models, the changes list in a shared modelmodel used for collaboration over the Tekla Model Sharing service

With a shared model, each user works with their own model and the changes are shared through Tekla Model Sharing. A shared model requires the use of a single-user model. The same model cannot be a shared model and a multi-user model.

could open very slowly. This has now been fixed.

114895 Tekla Model Sharing

Deponded reinforcement strands are now shared correctly in Tekla Model Sharingcloud service for collaboration and for storing and sharing a model

Tekla Model Sharing is one of the Tekla online services.

.

TTSD-14342 Tekla Model Sharing

In Tekla Model Sharingcloud service for collaboration and for storing and sharing a model

Tekla Model Sharing is one of the Tekla online services.

, in cases where several users concurrently defined parametric profiles with variable cross sections and the changes were read in, the parts that were using variable cross sectiongeometrical form of a part sectioned perpendicular to its axis

profiles were modified in the local models.
This service pack now fixes this issue. We recommend that all users of a shared modelmodel used for collaboration over the Tekla Model Sharing service

With a shared model, each user works with their own model and the changes are shared through Tekla Model Sharing. A shared model requires the use of a single-user model. The same model cannot be a shared model and a multi-user model.

use the same Tekla Structures service pack when working with the model.

TTSD-3265 Tekla Model Sharing

Previously, the model history databasedatabase file that collects model history on the actions in shared and multi-user models

Model history database is used for Tekla Model Sharing and in multi-user mode.

was permanently upgraded when opening a Tekla Structures 21.0 version model in a newer version of Tekla Structures. This caused problems if the model was closed without saving, as the history database remained upgraded, renderingprocess of making the model object faces visible

The rendered model object faces can be transparent or non-transparent

it incompatible with version 21.0.

Now the upgraded history database is restored to the original version when the model is closed without saving.

TTSD-15209 Tekla Model Sharing

Previously, some profiles were not imported correctly, which caused issues, such as unexpected object updates, in Tekla Model Sharingcloud service for collaboration and for storing and sharing a model

Tekla Model Sharing is one of the Tekla online services.

. This has now been fixed.

128343 Tekla Model Sharing

Previously, sharing file exclusion settings incorrectly allowed files in \datastorage\sessionfiles to be shared. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-7747 Tekla Model Sharing

Previously, shared models that contained rebar sets could cause Tekla Structures to crash or to function incorrectly. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-4166 Tekla Model Sharing

Tekla Model Sharingcloud service for collaboration and for storing and sharing a model

Tekla Model Sharing is one of the Tekla online services.

performance has been improved in the situation where the user reads in many packets in a model that contains a large number of files.

128138 Tekla Model Sharing

In Tekla Model Sharingcloud service for collaboration and for storing and sharing a model

Tekla Model Sharing is one of the Tekla online services.

, when creating full packets, the packet was sometimes created incorrectly if some file was modified during the process. This situation is now checked and packet creation is stopped.
Tekla Structures displays a message about the file that caused write out to fail. To write out, you can exclude this file from sharing, for example.

TTSD-3169 Tekla Model Sharing

Previously, when reading in a shared modelmodel used for collaboration over the Tekla Model Sharing service

With a shared model, each user works with their own model and the changes are shared through Tekla Model Sharing. A shared model requires the use of a single-user model. The same model cannot be a shared model and a multi-user model.

, the maximum object number was always set to an older value. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-16071 Tekla Model Sharing

In Tekla Model Sharingcloud service for collaboration and for storing and sharing a model

Tekla Model Sharing is one of the Tekla online services.

, read in previously failed if two incoming files with different names were changed to have the same name after Unicode Compatibility Decomposition normalization. Such files could be ascii symbols and corresponding fullwidth symbols. Now Tekla Structures reads in such packages and tracks both, or more, such clashing files.

TTSD-7402 Tekla Model Sharing

In some cases, when the modelsharing.log contained NullReferenceException, Tekla Model Sharingcloud service for collaboration and for storing and sharing a model

Tekla Model Sharing is one of the Tekla online services.

operations failed. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-19701 Tekla Model Sharing

When joining a shared modelmodel used for collaboration over the Tekla Model Sharing service

With a shared model, each user works with their own model and the changes are shared through Tekla Model Sharing. A shared model requires the use of a single-user model. The same model cannot be a shared model and a multi-user model.

, Tekla Model Sharingcloud service for collaboration and for storing and sharing a model

Tekla Model Sharing is one of the Tekla online services.

now checks if the current system locale is compatible with the system locale that was used when the model was shared. This check helps to avoid issues when distributed teams are using the model. Tekla Structures is not a fully Unicode applicationpart of Tekla Structures functionality that is developed in order to extend the capability of Tekla Structures but that is not included in the Tekla Structures installation

and it may function incorrectly when a shared model is opened with a system locale that is incompatible with the one that was used when starting to share the model.

TTSD-13362 Tekla Model Sharing

In Tekla Model Sharingcloud service for collaboration and for storing and sharing a model

Tekla Model Sharing is one of the Tekla online services.

, conflicts in rebar set numberingprocess of assigning position numbers to parts, cast units, assemblies, or reinforcement

In Tekla Structures, the position numbers assigned in the numbering are shown in marks and templates, for example.

have now been fixed.

TTSD-14610 Tekla Model Sharing

In Tekla Model Sharingcloud service for collaboration and for storing and sharing a model

Tekla Model Sharing is one of the Tekla online services.

, numberingprocess of assigning position numbers to parts, cast units, assemblies, or reinforcement

In Tekla Structures, the position numbers assigned in the numbering are shown in marks and templates, for example.

conflicts were not always reliably resolved if there were many incoming packets. This could cause numbering to be unexpectedly reset.
The modelsharing.log now includes information about numbering conflict resolution. The GUIDS of objects that have errors in numbering are listed in certain cases.

TTSD-16253 Tekla Model Sharing

Certain Unicode characters in file names (such as, Kelvin symbol 'K') caused the Tekla Model Sharingcloud service for collaboration and for storing and sharing a model

Tekla Model Sharing is one of the Tekla online services.

write out to fail. This has now been fixed.

127962 Tekla Model Sharing

Previously, setting numberingprocess of assigning position numbers to parts, cast units, assemblies, or reinforcement

In Tekla Structures, the position numbers assigned in the numbering are shown in marks and templates, for example.

to Check for standard parts with any other option than Compare to old caused inconsistent numbering data that resulted in incorrect refreshes during model sharing. This has now been fixed. Parts that match standard parts now function as if set to Compare to old.

128066 Tekla Model Sharing

In Tekla Model Sharingcloud service for collaboration and for storing and sharing a model

Tekla Model Sharing is one of the Tekla online services.

, read in changes were not shown if there were user-defined attributes with duplicate names in the model. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-22212 Tekla Model Sharing

In Tekla Model Sharingcloud service for collaboration and for storing and sharing a model

Tekla Model Sharing is one of the Tekla online services.

, canceling the start sharing was not possible during packet creation. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-3565 Tekla Model Sharing

Previously, Sharing automation tool could not always read in changes automatically after an overnight wait. Connection handling has now been improved to fix this.

TTSD-23046 Tekla Model Sharing

Previously, if Tekla Structures crashed or if the Tekla Structures process was somehow forced to exit during write out, this could result in missing drawing files. This has now been fixed.

128147 Tekla Model Sharing

When opening a shared modelmodel used for collaboration over the Tekla Model Sharing service

With a shared model, each user works with their own model and the changes are shared through Tekla Model Sharing. A shared model requires the use of a single-user model. The same model cannot be a shared model and a multi-user model.

, a warning message is displayed if the database file versions do not match the Tekla Structures model (xslib.db1, environment.db, options_model.db, options_drawings.db). The database files need to be replaced before sharing can be used.

If a matching backup file is found, it will be taken into use. Otherwise, the warning message includes the version (packet number) from which the files need to be copied.

129289 Tekla Model Sharing

Tekla Structures is now restarted with the correct settings when joining a shared modelmodel used for collaboration over the Tekla Model Sharing service

With a shared model, each user works with their own model and the changes are shared through Tekla Model Sharing. A shared model requires the use of a single-user model. The same model cannot be a shared model and a multi-user model.

as a Project viewer.

TTSD-21963 Tekla Model Sharing

Previously, sharing a new or modified base pointpoint in a model that is used to define a starting point in surveying and that is used as an anchor point in coordinate and height transformations

A Tekla Structures project can have several base points but only one of them can be the project base point.

Base points allow the use of another coordinate system needed for interoperability and collaboration. Base points can also be used in drawings, and in reports and templates. Model origin is the default base point in Tekla Structures.

Base points are also called control points.

prevented showing the Changes list. This has now been fixed.

131180, TTSD-5150 Tekla Model Sharing

Sometimes, the Save current drawing and model (CTRL+S) command in the drawing modemode that is used for editing the appearance and content of drawings

Tekla Structures switches to the drawing mode when the user opens any drawing.

did not work correctly. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-9385 Tekla Model Sharing

Previously, write out would fail if the model folderfolder that is used for storing files associated with a model

Tekla Structures stores all files associated with a model in a folder it creates with the same name as the model database (.db1).

In multi-user mode all users access the same model folder.

contained a file that was both changed and marked to be deleted at the same time. Now that file is not included in the write out. Instead, it is deleted.

TTSD-12044 Tekla Model Sharing

In a shared modelmodel used for collaboration over the Tekla Model Sharing service

With a shared model, each user works with their own model and the changes are shared through Tekla Model Sharing. A shared model requires the use of a single-user model. The same model cannot be a shared model and a multi-user model.

, the drawing status is now correctly updated in a user's local model when reading in.

127735 Tekla Model Sharing

In Tekla Model Sharingcloud service for collaboration and for storing and sharing a model

Tekla Model Sharing is one of the Tekla online services.

, the standard-part models are now shared correctly. Previously, read in blocked the .db1 file of the standard-part modelmodel that contains standard parts and that is only used for defining part prefixes when numbering parts in the current model

in the model folderfolder that is used for storing files associated with a model

Tekla Structures stores all files associated with a model in a folder it creates with the same name as the model database (.db1).

In multi-user mode all users access the same model folder.

.

TTSD-3554, 130294 Tekla Model Sharing

There is now experimental optimization for model sharing conflict resolution for components with many dependencies. Set the XS_SHARING_CONFLICTRESOLUTION_DISTINCT_UPDATES advanced option to TRUE to enable this.

TTSD-6851 Tekla Model Sharing

Saving of shared models is now more robust than before in situations where antivirus and similar software put temporary locks on model files. Failed operations are retried and written in error logs.

TTSD-21567 Tekla Model Sharing

In Tekla Model Sharingcloud service for collaboration and for storing and sharing a model

Tekla Model Sharing is one of the Tekla online services.

, profiles with a .clb file as a subtype were not previously shared correctly. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-16667 Tekla Model Sharing

Drawing status updates were not handled correctly in Tekla Structures. In Tekla Model Sharingcloud service for collaboration and for storing and sharing a model

Tekla Model Sharing is one of the Tekla online services.

, the drawing files were mistakenly removed during read in. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-3205 Tekla Model Sharing

When using the on-premises sharing servicealternative service for the Tekla Model Sharing service that uses a local server

, opening the Browse shared models dialog box tried to connect the user to the default sharing service. This forced the user to wait a few minutes before the dialog box was opened. This does not happen anymore. Tekla Structures now connects to the service that was last used instead of the default.

TTSD-14321 Tekla Model Sharing

In Tekla Model Sharingcloud service for collaboration and for storing and sharing a model

Tekla Model Sharing is one of the Tekla online services.

, there could in some cases be numberingprocess of assigning position numbers to parts, cast units, assemblies, or reinforcement

In Tekla Structures, the position numbers assigned in the numbering are shown in marks and templates, for example.

changes when a user read in, even if no changes had been made in the local model. This has now been fixed.

127687 Tekla Model Sharing

All sharing scenarios with sketched profiles are handled now, whether remote or local change of the profile definition.
Cataloguser interface for displaying or modifying information in categorized lists

For example, profile catalog and shape catalog are catalogs.

profile changes (shared through .lis files) are also handled in read in.

TTSD-23179 Tekla Model Sharing

The performance of Organizertool that is used for categorizing and managing model information, object properties and object property queries, and model object classification

Organizer consists of two tools, object browser and categories.

synchronization has been improved in situations where the model history contains a lot of deleted objects.

TTSD-12555 Reinforcement

Tapered rebar groupgroup of reinforcing bars that are side by side and have identical properties, except the possible variation in bar lengths

dimensions are now reported correctly when the first bar is excluded.

113599 Reinforcement

Previously it was not possible to create single deflected strands using the Rebar > Strandreinforcement that represents a group of wires spun together

pattern
command. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-9229 Reinforcement

HOOK_END and HOOK_START are now correctly reported regardless of the ScheduleDimensionRoundingAccuracy set in rebar_config.inp.

TTSD-3798 Reinforcement

The Copy properties button in the property panecontrol element in Tekla Structures user interface in the form of a side pane window

The property pane can be used to show and modify the properties of model objects.

now works also for rebar set modifiers and leg faces.

TTSD-2250 Reinforcement

Modifying rebar set spacing zones by moving, adding, or removing bars is now much faster.

129076 Reinforcement

Rebar groups with only one bar were not always working correctly. This has now been fixed.

TSAC-1190 Reinforcement

Rebar shape managertool that is used for customizing the bending shapes of reinforcing bars

Rebar shape manager can be used for bending shapes only and not for any other reinforcing bar properties.

now calculates the arc/curve length for curved bars correctly even when the radius is large compared to the bar length.

55592 Reinforcement

When you select the reinforcing barreinforcement that represents a steel bar used to reinforce a concrete structure

The steel bars are usually ribbed and they are used to increase the tensile strength of concrete.

usage, main bar/tie or stirrup, in the Select reinforcing bar dialog box, the hook properties are now updated correctly in the Reinforcing bar properties dialog box also in the case only the length value is different.

129889 Reinforcement

The AutomaticSplicingTool cannot be used for splitting and splicing rebars sets.

TTSD-4234, 84416 Reinforcement

The numberingprocess of assigning position numbers to parts, cast units, assemblies, or reinforcement

In Tekla Structures, the position numbers assigned in the numbering are shown in marks and templates, for example.

of reinforcement meshes now also compares crossbar locations. Meshes with different crossbar locations receive different numbers.

130612 Reinforcement

Rebar shape managertool that is used for customizing the bending shapes of reinforcing bars

Rebar shape manager can be used for bending shapes only and not for any other reinforcing bar properties.

has been changed so that the schedule field configuration file name when reading/saving the field definitions is RebarShapeManager.ScheduleFields.ini. If the file does not exist, Rebar shape manager reads the configuration from the older file with name RebarShapeManger.ScheduleFields.ini.

131358 Reinforcement

Selecting a circular shape in the Rebar shape catalogcatalog that displays a list of predefined reinforcing bar shapes

no longer causes an error.

TTSD-3245 Modeling

​Previously, Tekla Structures crashed if it could not create the \autosave folder at model creation. Now Tekla Structures does not crash anymore. Note that autosave is still not done if the folder is not created.

TTSD-4229 Modeling

It is now possible to use bent plates in model viewview that is represented in the modeling mode

Model view is available also in the drawing mode and it is represented in its own window.

filtering, view selection filtering, adjust the model objectobject that is represented in a model

A model object is either created in a model or imported into it.

representationthe way that the information included in a model is represented visually

, and in drawing filtering. Set Template as the category and IS_BENT_PLATE(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

as the property when creating filters.

TTSD-9265 Modeling

In multi-user models, opening the profile catalogcatalog that displays profiles and information on the profiles

In addition to the available profiles in the respective Tekla Structures environment, the user can add fixed or parametric user-defined profiles to the profile catalog. It is also possible to import profiles to the profile catalog.

for the first time is now fast again, taking few seconds only.

TTSD-14206 Modeling

Numberingprocess of assigning position numbers to parts, cast units, assemblies, or reinforcement

In Tekla Structures, the position numbers assigned in the numbering are shown in marks and templates, for example.

of selected objects could fail when a cast unit contained rebar sets. This has now been fixed.

126756 Modeling

Previously, a polygon plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

that was created by exploding a bent plate(1) part that is created from contour plates, or beams whose profile is a plate

(1) Bent plates can be conical or cylindrical.

Curved beams, spiral beams, or deformed parts cannot be used for creating a bent plate.

(2) component object that represents an angle that is bent from a plate and that connects parts

could be erroneously rotated. This has now been fixed.

122450 Modeling

In the model objectobject that is represented in a model

A model object is either created in a model or imported into it.

's shortcut menu, the adaptivityautomatic linking of model objects to another model object

For example, reinforcement and surface treatment automatically adapt to the changes made to the part they are linked with.

setting Fixed, Relative, Default, or Off was not initialized properly if the Select on right-click option was not switched on in File menu > Settings. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-2733, 128952 Modeling

Sometimes duplicate objects appeared when copying from another model. This has now been fixed.

98812 Modeling

When mirrored, the direction of single leg rebar groups is now reversed to prevent the cover offset from being reversed after modification.

TTSD-2743, 129309 Modeling

Profile names are now validated, and lower case letters correctly converted to upper case letters after you have modified the profile name. Previously, you could only use uppercase letters, which prevented the use of 'ø' as a profile prefix.

TTSD-11636 Modeling

Previously, Tekla Structures crashed when attempting to delete read-only .dwg files. Now such files are not deleted and Tekla Structures does not crash anymore.

TTSD-19342 Modeling

Custom properties without a type no longer worked. This has now been fixed. The default type is string.

TTSD-2753, 129596 Modeling

Previously, there was a problem that prevented some models from opening. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-9624 Modeling

Sometimes, when using the Form face creator (for pours) component, surfaces would become detached from their father pour objectbuilding object that is formed of one or more cast-in-place concrete parts, or a part of a cast-in-place concrete part

The cast-in-place concrete parts are merged into one pour object if they have the same material grade and pour phase, and if they touch each other. Pour objects are visible in pour view.

. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-3225 Modeling

In previous versions, when you created a 3D viewview that displays objects three-dimensionally

3D view is one of the default views.

of multiple assemblies, the view was empty. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-5598 Modeling

It is now possible to view and modify bent plate(1) part that is created from contour plates, or beams whose profile is a plate

(1) Bent plates can be conical or cylindrical.

Curved beams, spiral beams, or deformed parts cannot be used for creating a bent plate.

(2) component object that represents an angle that is bent from a plate and that connects parts

chamfers in custom components.

TTSD-11775 Modeling

Previously, temporary numeric identifiers could be incorrectly handled when using the Save as command. This caused Save as to fail for some models and Tekla Structures displayed the error message "Model in memory is corrupted". This has now been fixed.

TTSD-3800, 130485 Modeling

Rebar set end detail modifiers and property modifiers now work correctly in custom components.

127910 Modeling

In Tekla Structures 2016 and 2016i, it was not possible to snap behind surface treatmentbuilding object that represents finishing of a part

The term surface treatment is used in concrete detailing. For concrete parts surface treatment includes surface mixes, tiles, and flat finishes, such as troweling and sandblasting.

The term surface finish is used in steel detailing. For steel parts surface finishes include fire-proofing and unpainted areas.

whose type was Tile Surface when using the shaded wireframe renderingprocess of making the model object faces visible

The rendered model object faces can be transparent or non-transparent

option.

TTSD-2729 Modeling

Snapping to ortho angles now works correctly according to the ortho setting when defining cross sections in the sketch editortool that is used for creating and editing parametric user-defined profiles

.

130749, TTSD-4039 Modeling

If a cast unit with a rebar set was copied after numberingprocess of assigning position numbers to parts, cast units, assemblies, or reinforcement

In Tekla Structures, the position numbers assigned in the numbering are shown in marks and templates, for example.

, the copies were numbered differently than the original, identical cast unit. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-4878 Modeling

In some cases, when moving objects, the welds stayed in their original location. This has now been fixed.

128110 Modeling

Previously, Tekla Structures could crash when hovering over a selected part cutcut that is defined by a cutting part

. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-6373 Modeling

Previously, there were some connection issues in the Tekla Structures multi-user servercomputer in a multi-user system set up as a server running the Tekla Structures multi-user server program

. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-17561 Modeling

Previously, there were some issues in the profile and material catalogcatalog that displays material grades and information on them

By default, the material catalog contains standard, environment-specific materials. The user can add, modify, and delete material grades.

export and import, and in editing rules in the profile and material cataloguser interface for displaying or modifying information in categorized lists

For example, profile catalog and shape catalog are catalogs.

. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-17047 Modeling

The silhouette edges are drawn correctly again for high accuracy hollow profiles when XS_DISPLAY_FILLET_EDGES is set to FALSE.

TTSD-4289, 130857 Modeling

Grid linesingle line that visualizes a single grid plane on a view plane

handles now work again.

TTSD-6895, 131649 Modeling

Saving a multi-user modelmodel that is used for collaboration and that is opened in multi-user mode

sometimes made the view list disappear (Views dialog box). Now the view list stays visible after saving a multi-user model.

TTSD-1151 Modeling

If you created a bent plate(1) part that is created from contour plates, or beams whose profile is a plate

(1) Bent plates can be conical or cylindrical.

Curved beams, spiral beams, or deformed parts cannot be used for creating a bent plate.

(2) component object that represents an angle that is bent from a plate and that connects parts

by using a part that also belonged to a component, the bent plate(1) part that represents a flat structure

(1) In some contexts, for example in analysis, the term plate object may be used to refer to plates.

(2) plate that represents a steel structure

(2) Plate is mainly used as a connection piece or as a floor plate.

might break when the component was modified. This has now been fixed. In cases like this, the resulting bent plate no longer belongs to the component and it gets a different identifier.

TTSD-2746 Modeling

Converting a multi-user modelmodel that is used for collaboration and that is opened in multi-user mode

to a single user model no longer causes unintended conversion of another multi-user model that is opened in the same Tekla Structures session after the converted model.

TTSD-4752 Modeling

Previously, saving a multi-user modelmodel that is used for collaboration and that is opened in multi-user mode

sometimes added model revision comments and codes from an older save instead of the ones the user had just added. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-7633 Modeling

Previously, the volumes of pour objects were not reported correctly when you had two overlapping cast-in-place concretecast unit type where the concrete is formed, poured, and cured in its final position

parts, and a pour breakbuilding object used to split a pour object into smaller pour objects

had been added at a location that split one part but only touched the face of the other part. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-15470 Modeling

Creating closed polybeampart of a certain shape that is created as a continuous chain of beams passing through points that the user picks

The segments of the polybeam are straight, but segment intersections can be curved. For example, a beam that follows a zigzag line is a polybeam.

structures in the model is now prevented.

TTSD-22524 Modeling

Previously, when the Ortho tool was active, the snapping distances were incorrectly rounded. This has now been fixed.

128324 Modeling

Previously, Tekla Structures stopped working in some cases when importing profiles. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-1886 Modeling

The Copy properties command on the contextual toolbarfloating toolbar that contains commands for modifying the most common object properties

The user can customize the contextual toolbar.

The term mini toolbar is used in Tekla Structures until version 21.1.

now works correctly also with bent plates.

TTSD-21482 Modeling

Previously, if you left Tekla Structures idle for a while, in some cases Tekla Structures could freeze or crash. This has now been improved.

127325 Modeling

The tile pattern is now always shown after changing the surface type.

TTSD-6252 Modeling

Previously, Tekla Structures sometimes crashed at least in some cases when opening a model using the Precast Concrete Detailer role. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-6619 Modeling

Previously, there was an applicationpart of Tekla Structures functionality that is developed in order to extend the capability of Tekla Structures but that is not included in the Tekla Structures installation

error during database conversion if you tried to open an old model that had broken welds in it. This has now been fixed and the models can be opened again.

TTSD-21481 Modeling

Previously, selecting two bolts and right-clicking caused Tekla Structures to crash. This happened when the first part you had selected was a cast-in-place part. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-20700 Modeling

Previously, saving the model with Save as failed in some situations and Tekla Structures displayed the message Model memory is corrupted. This has now been fixed.

127994 Modeling

In some rare cases, some failures in connections could cause problems in editing the model. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-12231 Modeling

The keyboard shortcut Alt + underlined character is again available for the Cancel button in several dialog boxes.

126128 Modeling

When objects have been made transparent using the Show only selected + Shift command, clicking the Pour viewview that displays cast-in-place concrete parts merged into pour objects

The cast-in-place concrete parts are merged into one pour object if they have the same material grade and if they touch each other.

button redraws the objects transparently, as it should.

TTSD-3735, 130391 Modeling

The Redraw all views command now works properly from the ribbon again, and shows the hidden parts.

TTSD-4030, 130698 Modeling

Changing sketch parameters used in Thickness or Extrusion Type equations in the sketch editortool that is used for creating and editing parametric user-defined profiles

did not update the current sketch. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-20433 Modeling

Selecting parts in large models is now much faster.

TTSD-3904 Modeling

You can now again create the default views of one assembly.

TTSD-15369 Modeling

When cast-in-place concretecast unit type where the concrete is formed, poured, and cured in its final position

parts are hidden or made transparent with the Hide or Show only selected command, the pours made of the parts now stay hidden/transparent when changing the view setting to pour viewview that displays cast-in-place concrete parts merged into pour objects

The cast-in-place concrete parts are merged into one pour object if they have the same material grade and if they touch each other.

. Also, when using the Hide or Show only selected command on a pour objectbuilding object that is formed of one or more cast-in-place concrete parts, or a part of a cast-in-place concrete part

The cast-in-place concrete parts are merged into one pour object if they have the same material grade and pour phase, and if they touch each other. Pour objects are visible in pour view.

, their cast-in-place parts now stay hidden/transparent when switching from pour view to part view.

TTSD-2141 Modeling

Modifying parts in models where a pour objectbuilding object that is formed of one or more cast-in-place concrete parts, or a part of a cast-in-place concrete part

The cast-in-place concrete parts are merged into one pour object if they have the same material grade and pour phase, and if they touch each other. Pour objects are visible in pour view.

was split by several pour breaks is much faster now.

TTSD-951 Modeling

Model rotation, zooming, and panning now work more smoothly even when direct modificationfunction that activates the mode where the model objects can be modified by using handles

Direct modification enables additional handles and modification options.

is switched on.

TTSD-5387 Modeling

Snap symbols now have two colors:

  • Orange for part/object snap
  • Green for component snap
TTSD-9096 Modeling

Surfaces are now immediately visible when added to faces with many sections, such as a curved face of a circular column with a very large diameter.

131346 Modeling

A parametric Z profile BENTZ h*b*d*t[-a] has been added to the profile catalogcatalog that displays profiles and information on the profiles

In addition to the available profiles in the respective Tekla Structures environment, the user can add fixed or parametric user-defined profiles to the profile catalog. It is also possible to import profiles to the profile catalog.

.

TTSD-20604 Modeling

The saving of multi-user models has been improved to work more reliably.

85423 Modeling

When you clicked the Pick button in the Copy - Linear or Move - Linear dialog box, the values for dX, dY, dZ were restored to the latest saved state. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-3918 Modeling

Pour unitentity that combines together a pour object and the other building objects that need to be in place before cast-in-place concrete can be poured

The needed building objects can be reinforcement and embeds, for example.

calculation did not recognize reinforcing bars in rebar sets that had only one vertical leg faceplane that defines where the reinforcing bar legs are created in a rebar set

Tekla Structures creates rebar set leg faces at the reinforced faces of concrete parts or pour objects, or according to the points picked when creating a rebar set.

on a pour objectbuilding object that is formed of one or more cast-in-place concrete parts, or a part of a cast-in-place concrete part

The cast-in-place concrete parts are merged into one pour object if they have the same material grade and pour phase, and if they touch each other. Pour objects are visible in pour view.

face. This has now been fixed and these bars are now added correctly to pour units.

TTSD-8079 Modeling

The construction points that are on the view planeplane in a space that defines the view

In Tekla Structures, the grids are projected onto the view plane and the grid lines can be visible on it.

View depth is defined starting from the view plane.

are now blue and better visible on the gray background than the previous yellow points.

TTSD-12439 Modeling

Hovering the mouse pointer over model objects now makes the object color darker so that the original object color can still be seen. Previously, hovering changed the object color to gray, which hid the original object color.

127129 Modeling

Previously, Tekla Structures stopped working when you changed the material of bent plates from steel to concrete. This has now been fixed.

128988 Modeling

It is again possible to have contour plates which have a smaller than 1.5 mm distance between the corner points.

TTSD-1829 Modeling

In previous versions, the selection of direct modificationfunction that activates the mode where the model objects can be modified by using handles

Direct modification enables additional handles and modification options.

arrowheads was sometimes difficult. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-5418 Modeling

Previously, saving of multi-user models could fail because of an issue in the management of displayed objects. Now the models are saved.

TTSD-15116 Modeling

When using orthogonalview projection that displays objects in right-angles projection

In model view the size of the objects is the same despite of their distance to the viewing point and the zoom remains on part faces.

snapping, the snap points are now shown with perpendicular snap symbols.

TTSD-3888, TTSD-6493 Modeling

Importing several files at once to the Shape Catalogcatalog that displays a list of predefined item shapes

The shapes are modeled using software other than Tekla Structures, for example SketchUp.

is now significantly faster than before. It is also faster to first time open a model that has shapes in the model folderfolder that is used for storing files associated with a model

Tekla Structures stores all files associated with a model in a folder it creates with the same name as the model database (.db1).

In multi-user mode all users access the same model folder.

.

TTSD-3384 Modeling

The HISTORY.TOUCHED, HISTORY.TOUCHED_ACTION and HISTORY.TOUCHED_BY template attributes now again report the creation date of the part, even if the part is not modified after it is created.

125136 Modeling

Copying and rotating sometimes made a part appear as disappeared from the model, because it was displayed with dashed outlines. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-12168 Modeling

Pour units are now calculated correctly even when you shift the work planeplane that the user has chosen in a model and that is currently active for working on in a model view

Newly created, copied, or moved model objects comply with the work plane. For example, shifting the work plane to follow a sloped plane makes it easier to model sloped structures.

.

TTSD-11469 Modeling

Unselected parts are now correctly shown as sticks in the model viewview that is represented in the modeling mode

Model view is available also in the drawing mode and it is represented in its own window.

when you hold down the Ctrl key, right-click and select the Show Only Selected command. When using the Hide command, the selected objects are now also shown as sticks when you right-click and select Hide.

126917 Modeling

Sometimes, modifying a view filterfilter used for defining which objects are displayed in a model view or drawing view

View filter chooses objects according to object properties. The user can filter objects according to their profile or material, for example.

caused a crash if template attributes were added in the filter. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-12107 Modeling

Setting object locks is now faster than before. Model objects are now added to the Object locks dialog box (Manage > Locks) faster, and the progress bar now shows the actual progress. You can also cancel the action using the Cancel button.

TTSD-9883 Modeling

Tekla Structures no longer snaps to the view rotation center.

TTSD-17261 Modeling

Previously, saving the model sometimes failed after a reference modelmodel which the designer can use as an aid when building another model

A reference model is created in Tekla Structures or in other software and can be inserted to Tekla Structures. The reference model appears together with the model but it is not modified by Tekla Structures. The user can snap to reference model points.

For example, an architectural model, a plant design model, or a heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning (HVAC) model can be a reference model.

was deleted. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-4707, 131022 Modeling

For profiles with variable cross sections, the parameter values used for creating part geometry were not correct in some situations after importing or when retrieved through Tekla Model Sharingcloud service for collaboration and for storing and sharing a model

Tekla Model Sharing is one of the Tekla online services.

. This has now been fixed. The correct parameter values are now used.

TTSD-7157 Modeling

When you open a model created with Tekla Structures 2016i, or earlier, in Tekla Structures 2017 or newer, continue working until autosave is created, and then close the model without saving, the next time you try to open the model in the newer Tekla Structures (2017->) version and take the autosave in use, the model opening fails.

The error is caused by opening the static ID model that has runtime id autosave. To open the model correctly, check whether TeklaStructures.log contains the "Table read operation failed with error code -125" error message. If it does, set XS_FORCE_RUNTIME_IDS to TRUE in teklastructures.ini. Open the model and save it normally. When you have saved the model, remove XS_FORCE_RUNTIME_IDS from teklastructures.ini.

TTSD-6525 Modeling

Importing several files at once to the shape catalogcatalog that displays a list of predefined item shapes

The shapes are modeled using software other than Tekla Structures, for example SketchUp.

is now considerably faster than before.

TTSD-6804 Modeling

Earlier, when inquiring the center of gravity of bent plates or assemblies containing bent plates, the gross weight was reported incorrectly. This now has been fixed.

127292 Modeling

Previously, when bent plates were created, sometimes the lateral points were selected so that they did not produce a straight lateral boundary when unfolded along neutral line. This has now been fixed so that the lateral boundaries of a bent plate(1) part that is created from contour plates, or beams whose profile is a plate

(1) Bent plates can be conical or cylindrical.

Curved beams, spiral beams, or deformed parts cannot be used for creating a bent plate.

(2) component object that represents an angle that is bent from a plate and that connects parts

are always straight when unfolded along neutral line.

117882 Modeling

It is now possible to select the subsections of a side face when using the Create bent plate(1) part that is created from contour plates, or beams whose profile is a plate

(1) Bent plates can be conical or cylindrical.

Curved beams, spiral beams, or deformed parts cannot be used for creating a bent plate.

(2) component object that represents an angle that is bent from a plate and that connects parts

using faces
command. For example:

TTSD-3390 Modeling

If you selected a cast-in-place cast unit, and then used the Show only selected + Shift command to hide other objects, the sub-assemblies and reinforcing bars belonging to the cast unit were also erroneously hidden if the Calculate pour units command was previously used. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-9178 Modeling

Previously, plugins would sometimes break after rotating. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-5594 Modeling

When opening a model from the command line, Tekla Structures now asks whether to open the autosaved version of the model if there is an autosaved version of the model.

127323 Modeling

Surface treatmentbuilding object that represents finishing of a part

The term surface treatment is used in concrete detailing. For concrete parts surface treatment includes surface mixes, tiles, and flat finishes, such as troweling and sandblasting.

The term surface finish is used in steel detailing. For steel parts surface finishes include fire-proofing and unpainted areas.

color is now correctly shown as selected in the surface treatment properties when changing the surface type.

TTSD-1214 Modeling

XS_DISPLAY_FILLET_EDGES is now available in the Advanced Optionssettings used to customize Tekla Structures for specific companies, standards, users, or user groups

In Tekla Structures, advanced options are settings that are used, for example, in a specific project or geographical area, or by a specific company.

In Tekla Structures, advanced options usually begin with the initials XS and are followed by the name of the function, for example XS_BACKGROUND_COLOR.

dialog box under the Model Viewview that is represented in the modeling mode

Model view is available also in the drawing mode and it is represented in its own window.

category. Use this user-specific advanced option to show or hide fillet edges in model views. Reopen the model to activate a new value.

TTSD-1365 Modeling

When you created a mirrored copy of a bent plate(1) part that is created from contour plates, or beams whose profile is a plate

(1) Bent plates can be conical or cylindrical.

Curved beams, spiral beams, or deformed parts cannot be used for creating a bent plate.

(2) component object that represents an angle that is bent from a plate and that connects parts

and then exploded it, the parts might be moved to incorrect places. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-6759, 131918 Modeling

Earlier, it was not possible to modify only the weld NDT inspection level (with all other check boxes on the Tail information tab in the Weld properties dialog box switched off). This now has been fixed.

TTSD-9920 Modeling

Previously, saving a large model got very slow if the model had been created with Save as and it was again saved with Save as. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-3080 Modeling

The issue where the DirectX renderingprocess of making the model object faces visible

The rendered model object faces can be transparent or non-transparent

setting in File > Settings was not accurate, and would not persist as it should, has now been fixed. Now DirectX/OpenGL selection is only controlled by the settings on the File menu and it is written to the registry.

127171 Modeling

Previously, you had to use Interrupt to end the Remove from pour unitentity that combines together a pour object and the other building objects that need to be in place before cast-in-place concrete can be poured

The needed building objects can be reinforcement and embeds, for example.

command. This has now been fixed. The command ends once you have used it.

TTSD-8308 Modeling

Tekla Structures now shows a warning message if you try to delete or modify the main part(1) part that exists in a building object and that determines the position number for the assembly or cast unit and the direction of assembly or cast unit drawings

(1) Main part can be an assembly main part or a cast unit main part.

(2) input part that the user selects first when creating a component

(2) Connections and details always have a component main part.

of a cast unit that has a drawing.

TTSD-6913 Modeling

When you hide a cast-in-place part with the Hide command and then switch to the pour viewview that displays cast-in-place concrete parts merged into pour objects

The cast-in-place concrete parts are merged into one pour object if they have the same material grade and if they touch each other.

, the pour objects that consist of that part will remain hidden. In the same manner, if you hide a pour objectbuilding object that is formed of one or more cast-in-place concrete parts, or a part of a cast-in-place concrete part

The cast-in-place concrete parts are merged into one pour object if they have the same material grade and pour phase, and if they touch each other. Pour objects are visible in pour view.

in the pour view and then switch to the part view, the cast-in-place part will remain hidden.

If a pour object consists of cast-in-place parts, it will only be hidden if all of the parts were hidden when in the part view. In the same manner, if a cast-in-place part is broken into many pours objects, it will only be hidden if all of its pour objects were hidden in the pour view.

TTSD-7554 Modeling

In a multi-user modelmodel that is used for collaboration and that is opened in multi-user mode

, the selected objects now stay selected when the model is saved. Also, the numberingprocess of assigning position numbers to parts, cast units, assemblies, or reinforcement

In Tekla Structures, the position numbers assigned in the numbering are shown in marks and templates, for example.

of the selected objects now works correctly when synchronizing with the master modelmulti-user model from and to which information is fetched and saved in multi-user mode, and into which Tekla Structures merges changes that individual users make in the working models

It is not possible to work on the master model.

.

127588 Modeling

Previously, when the radius check box was not selected in the curved beambeam that follows the form of an arc

Steel curved beams can be created by picking three points, where a point between the start point and the end point defines the arc. Both steel and concrete curved beams can be created by adjusting radius in beam properties or by using polybeams.

properties, modifying other part properties made the curved beams straight. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-12821 Modeling

The Logical weld property now works in reports. Previously, the result in a report was always empty. 

TTSD-5384 Modeling

Previously, opening a view in a model that contained a bent plate(1) part that is created from contour plates, or beams whose profile is a plate

(1) Bent plates can be conical or cylindrical.

Curved beams, spiral beams, or deformed parts cannot be used for creating a bent plate.

(2) component object that represents an angle that is bent from a plate and that connects parts

with an extremely narrow cylindrical section would sometimes crash Tekla Structures. This has now been fixed.

131657 Modeling

In some cases, opening a 3D viewview that displays objects three-dimensionally

3D view is one of the default views.

in a model that contained an invalid cylindrical section in a bent plate(1) part that is created from contour plates, or beams whose profile is a plate

(1) Bent plates can be conical or cylindrical.

Curved beams, spiral beams, or deformed parts cannot be used for creating a bent plate.

(2) component object that represents an angle that is bent from a plate and that connects parts

caused Tekla Structures to crash. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-5620 Modeling

Previously, copying welds between parts sometimes caused the weld to select the wrong main part(1) part that exists in a building object and that determines the position number for the assembly or cast unit and the direction of assembly or cast unit drawings

(1) Main part can be an assembly main part or a cast unit main part.

(2) input part that the user selects first when creating a component

(2) Connections and details always have a component main part.

. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-8926, 132588 Modeling

In some cases, comparing two assemblies could cause Tekla Structures to crash. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-7168 Modeling

When you open a model created with an older Tekla Structures version in a newer Tekla Structures version, autosave is not done until after you have first normally saved the model. This is because previously if you loaded autosave when opening a model, Tekla Structures did not work correctly and data could be lost.

TSAC-967 Modeling

The number of supported bolt standards in the No paint area component has been increased from 50 bolt standards to 250 bolt standards.

TTSD-15293 Modeling

Previously, very complex interaction of multiple objects with multiple cuts caused Tekla Structures to crash if you modified the model in the multi-user modemode in which several users can work on the same model using their own working models

and set XS_ENABLE_POUR_MANAGEMENT to TRUE, and then saved the model. This happened at least in the SE Asia environment. The issue has now been fixed.

TTSD-18792 Modeling

Previously, in some situations, reference modelmodel which the designer can use as an aid when building another model

A reference model is created in Tekla Structures or in other software and can be inserted to Tekla Structures. The reference model appears together with the model but it is not modified by Tekla Structures. The user can snap to reference model points.

For example, an architectural model, a plant design model, or a heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning (HVAC) model can be a reference model.

data could cause extra slowness when saving a multi-user modelmodel that is used for collaboration and that is opened in multi-user mode

. This has now been fixed.

122467 Modeling

Autosave now works correctly in the Project viewer configuration.

TTSD-3539 Modeling

After changing the XS_DISPLAY_FILLET_EDGES advanced option, you now get a notification to reopen the model.

TTSD-5807, 125744 Modeling

When a part is added to a cast unit, the main part(1) part that exists in a building object and that determines the position number for the assembly or cast unit and the direction of assembly or cast unit drawings

(1) Main part can be an assembly main part or a cast unit main part.

(2) input part that the user selects first when creating a component

(2) Connections and details always have a component main part.

will not be changed if the cast unit already has a drawing.

TTSD-15741 Modeling

Tekla Structures now supports the Mass Import Tool correctly at position Depth.

TTSD-15959 Modeling

In Tekla Structures 2017, certain multi-character symbols are not fully supported in the model folderfolder that is used for storing files associated with a model

Tekla Structures stores all files associated with a model in a folder it creates with the same name as the model database (.db1).

In multi-user mode all users access the same model folder.

path. Earlier, using these symbols could cause crashes and/or incorrect behavior. Now the model path is checked at model creation and opening of the model, and if the path is not valid, the operation is cancelled and Tekla Structures shows an error message.

TTSD-19183 Modeling

Multi-user models can now again be saved in network paths.

TTSD-3634 Licensing

Applicationpart of Tekla Structures functionality that is developed in order to extend the capability of Tekla Structures but that is not included in the Tekla Structures installation

error occurred when "All in use" referring to licenses was displayed in the Tekla Structures start-up dialog box, and you clicked OK. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-8433 Installation

The issue that prevented model and cloning templates from being properly installed with the Tekla Warehouseservice for collaboration and for storing and sharing Tekla Structures content

In Tekla Warehouse the content items are stored in collections. Tekla Warehouse includes the Tekla Warehouse Service and the Tekla Warehouse web site.

Tekla Warehouse is one of the Tekla online services.

installer has now been fixed.

TTSD-12434 Installation

The Microsoft Visual C++ 2013 Redistributable (x64) 12.0.40649 and Microsoft Visual C++ 2013 Redistributable (x86) 12.0.40649 packages are now included in the Tekla Structures installer. These replace the older 12.0.21005 packages.

130974 Installation

The Microsoft Visual C++ 2015 Update 3 Redistributable (x86) 14.0.24212 is now included in the Tekla Structures installation as a prerequisite.

TTSD-12571 Installation

Extensions (.tsep) that were correctly signed during a certificate's validity period are now installed even when the certificate has expired. Extensions signed when the certificate has expired are regarded as having invalid signatures and are not installed.

TTSD-15004 Analysis and design

Previously, analysis nodeanalysis model object that Tekla Structures creates at a defined point of an analysis model based on analysis part connectivity

Tekla Structures creates nodes at ends and intersection points of analysis parts, and the corners of analysis areas.

numbers were drawn on top of each other or too far from the nodeanalysis model object that Tekla Structures creates at a defined point of an analysis model based on analysis part connectivity

Tekla Structures creates nodes at ends and intersection points of analysis parts, and the corners of analysis areas.

. This does not happen anymore. The numbers of the selected nodes now have the magenta color.

TTSD-14171 Analysis and design

The loading of the analysis models could fail when saving a multiuser model (where model is reopened), or opening the multiuser model. If the model was saved after this failure, the analysis modelstructural model that is created from a physical model and used on the one hand for analyzing structural behavior and load bearing, and on the other hand for design

Analysis model can be viewed in Tekla Structures in a model view.

Analysis model that is made with Tekla Structures can be worked on in other analysis and design software or application.

was lost.

TTSD-3243 Analysis and design

Opening an analysis modelstructural model that is created from a physical model and used on the one hand for analyzing structural behavior and load bearing, and on the other hand for design

Analysis model can be viewed in Tekla Structures in a model view.

Analysis model that is made with Tekla Structures can be worked on in other analysis and design software or application.

in a shared modelmodel used for collaboration over the Tekla Model Sharing service

With a shared model, each user works with their own model and the changes are shared through Tekla Model Sharing. A shared model requires the use of a single-user model. The same model cannot be a shared model and a multi-user model.

no longer creates sharing conflicts. If there are conflicting modifications in the analysis model, the first write out wins.
In a multi-user modelmodel that is used for collaboration and that is opened in multi-user mode

, the first save wins.

TTSD-12633 Analysis and design

You can now report rigid links with the new ANALYSIS_RIGID_LINK content typedetermination of which template attributes can be used in the template object value fields for a template component row

Content types are mainly based on object types.

. The following template attributes are available: CONTENTTYPE, ID, GUID, ANALYSIS_MODEL_NAME, TYPE, and LENGTH. The template attributes are not available through the Open API interface.

TTSD-3594 Analysis and design

Position handling of curved beams now works correctly in analysis models.

TTSD-15023 Analysis and design

Connectivityanalysis part property that defines the analysis part’s relationship to other analysis parts

For example, an analysis part automatically snaps or connects with rigid links to other parts based on the analysis part connectivity.

logic has been improved for bar to bar connections when the selected analysis applicationpart of Tekla Structures functionality that is developed in order to extend the capability of Tekla Structures but that is not included in the Tekla Structures installation

is Tekla Structural Designer.

TTSD-12558 Analysis and design

Seismic acceleration curve data is now loaded to the Analysis Model Propertiessettings that are defined by giving values to the properties associated with an analysis model

Analysis model settings can be defined in the physical model or in the analysis model.

dialog box.

TTSD-5591 Analysis and design

Line load magnitude is now visualized correctly in the model.

TTSD-22656 Analysis and design

Previously, when a user had created an analysis modelstructural model that is created from a physical model and used on the one hand for analyzing structural behavior and load bearing, and on the other hand for design

Analysis model can be viewed in Tekla Structures in a model view.

Analysis model that is made with Tekla Structures can be worked on in other analysis and design software or application.

in a multi-user modelmodel that is used for collaboration and that is opened in multi-user mode

and another user saved the model, this new analysis model was not visible for either user in the Analysis & Design Model dialog box. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-13662 Analysis and design

Previously, when using Robot as the design software, after saving and restarting Tekla Structures and running the analysis again the "... limit values of deflections not done" message appeared and the design could not be done. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-5810 Analysis and design

Staad export from Tekla Structures now takes into account the new XS_AD_LOAD_COMBINATION_METHOD advanced option.
The possible values are:
0 = use repeat load
1 = use load combination(1) set of load groups multiplied by their partial safety factors that is created in the load combination process

(1) Each load combination represents a loading situation to be checked according to the design code.

(2) process in which some simultaneously acting load groups are multiplied by their partial safety factors and combined with each other according to specific rules

(2) Load combination rules are specific to a design process and are defined in design codes.

(if linear analysis method is used)

TTSD-22080 Analysis and design

In a Tekla Model Sharing modelmodel used for collaboration over the Tekla Model Sharing service

With a shared model, each user works with their own model and the changes are shared through Tekla Model Sharing. A shared model requires the use of a single-user model. The same model cannot be a shared model and a multi-user model.

, when you read in changes that included an analysis modelstructural model that is created from a physical model and used on the one hand for analyzing structural behavior and load bearing, and on the other hand for design

Analysis model can be viewed in Tekla Structures in a model view.

Analysis model that is made with Tekla Structures can be worked on in other analysis and design software or application.

, and an autosaved model was created after read in and the model then reopened without saving, the analysis model could sometimes be lost. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-14658 Analysis and design

Previously, loads were not removed from the view when deleting a load groupset of loads and loadings that are caused by the same action and to which the user wants to refer collectively

Loads belonging to the same load group are treated alike during load combination.

with loads. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-15786 Analysis and design

In some situations, after deleting rigid links from the analysis modelstructural model that is created from a physical model and used on the one hand for analyzing structural behavior and load bearing, and on the other hand for design

Analysis model can be viewed in Tekla Structures in a model view.

Analysis model that is made with Tekla Structures can be worked on in other analysis and design software or application.

, the rigid links reappeared when rebuilding the analysis model.

TTSD-3540 Analysis and design

Snapping to analysis nodes now works correctly.

TTSD-14463 Analysis and design

Previously, load groups were not correctly removed from analysis models that were created with Selected parts and loads as the option for analysis modelstructural model that is created from a physical model and used on the one hand for analyzing structural behavior and load bearing, and on the other hand for design

Analysis model can be viewed in Tekla Structures in a model view.

Analysis model that is made with Tekla Structures can be worked on in other analysis and design software or application.

content. This happened in two situations:

  • When you deleted a load groupset of loads and loadings that are caused by the same action and to which the user wants to refer collectively

    Loads belonging to the same load group are treated alike during load combination.

    from the Tekla Structures model.
  • When the load group in the analysis model was referenced in load combinations, but no loads of this group were included in the analysis model.

This has now been fixed.

TTSD-12559 Analysis and design

Previously, if you had created a rigid linkanalysis model object that connects two nodes so that they do not move in relation to each other

between analysis nodes, you could not move or merge nodes that had been created manually. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-15629 Analysis and design

New load groups are now correctly added to the Load Combinations dialog box when a load groupset of loads and loadings that are caused by the same action and to which the user wants to refer collectively

Loads belonging to the same load group are treated alike during load combination.

is modified.

TTSD-4699 Analysis and design

The following load combination(1) set of load groups multiplied by their partial safety factors that is created in the load combination process

(1) Each load combination represents a loading situation to be checked according to the design code.

(2) process in which some simultaneously acting load groups are multiplied by their partial safety factors and combined with each other according to specific rules

(2) Load combination rules are specific to a design process and are defined in design codes.

issues have now been fixed:

  • If you saved load combinations, the saved load combinations (.lco files) did not appear on the list next to the Load button in the Load Combinations dialog box until you reopened the Tekla Structures model.
  • When creating a new analysis modelstructural model that is created from a physical model and used on the one hand for analyzing structural behavior and load bearing, and on the other hand for design

    Analysis model can be viewed in Tekla Structures in a model view.

    Analysis model that is made with Tekla Structures can be worked on in other analysis and design software or application.

    , load combination generation did not use the correct load modeling codeinformation about the building or design code, and about the load group types, safety factors, and load combination factors used in the load combination

    (File menu > Settings > Options > Load modeling > Current code tab) until you reopened the Tekla Structures model.
TTSD-19862 Analysis and design

Split nodes are now created correctly in situations where the analysis partanalysis model object that is a representation of a physical part in an analysis model

In different analysis models, a physical part is represented by different analysis parts.

positions change in analysis modelstructural model that is created from a physical model and used on the one hand for analyzing structural behavior and load bearing, and on the other hand for design

Analysis model can be viewed in Tekla Structures in a model view.

Analysis model that is made with Tekla Structures can be worked on in other analysis and design software or application.

creation.

TTSD-18396 Analysis and design

Analysis nodeanalysis model object that Tekla Structures creates at a defined point of an analysis model based on analysis part connectivity

Tekla Structures creates nodes at ends and intersection points of analysis parts, and the corners of analysis areas.

positions are now correct when using Reference axis (eccentricity by neutral axis) as the analysis axisanalysis part property or analysis model setting that defines the location of the analysis part in relation to the corresponding physical part

The analysis axis can be defined on the analysis part or the analysis model level. For example, the analysis axis can be the neutral axis or the reference line of the physical part.

position. Also, when inquiring analysis parts, the offsets are now shown correctly.

TTSD-14062 Analysis and design

Previously, when rigid linkanalysis model object that connects two nodes so that they do not move in relation to each other

creation was disabled and two nodes were very close to each other, sometimes one of the nodes was not connecting correctly to other parts. This has now been fixed.

128897 Core

Surface objects are not deleted anymore when repairing the model.

127144 Core

The coordinate symbol is now displayed correctly when using OpenGL renderingprocess of making the model object faces visible

The rendered model object faces can be transparent or non-transparent

.

128706 Core

In some rare cases, inquiring the data or creating a single part drawing of a selected polybeampart of a certain shape that is created as a continuous chain of beams passing through points that the user picks

The segments of the polybeam are straight, but segment intersections can be curved. For example, a beam that follows a zigzag line is a polybeam.

caused Tekla Structures 2016i SP1 to crash. This has now been fixed.

127005 Core

In previous versions, Tekla Structures failed to load attribute files for macros and plug-ins. This has now been fixed.

TSAC-2485 Core

The Dimensioning Rule Properties dialog box had many texts that were not translated but showed the string ID albl_... This has now been fixed.

127851 Core

Keyboard shortcuts that have been duplicated no longer cause a Tekla Structures applicationpart of Tekla Structures functionality that is developed in order to extend the capability of Tekla Structures but that is not included in the Tekla Structures installation

error.

TTSD-19981 Core

When you tried to change the advanced option XS_​DRAWING_​PLOT_​FILE_​NAME_​W in Russian language, Tekla Structures crashed. This has now been fixed.

126656 Core

You can create a new model to a network drive again.

TSAC-590 Tools and components

Linear array tool and Radial array tool now correctly create duplicates when copying other array tool components.

126104 Tools and components

When creating or editing a macrosaved series of actions that includes instructions for a program

Macros are located in the applications and components catalog. They are recorded or created manually and stored as .cs file in a folder defined with the advanced option XS_MACRO_DIRECTORY.

Macros can, for example, be used for creating drawings or reports.

Macros are sometimes used to run an application.

, an error message is again shown if there is an error in compiling the macro.

127298 Tools and components

There is now improved type checking in model property handling to prevent applicationpart of Tekla Structures functionality that is developed in order to extend the capability of Tekla Structures but that is not included in the Tekla Structures installation

errors.

131897 Tools and components

When a non-standard Metsec Riveted Channels Rails is discovered during the file transfer, an entry refering to the assembly is included in the required drawings file, and a reference to this is included in the log file.

TTSD-12240 Tools and components

When using Excel in connection design, the connection specific result file is named using the GUID, Globally Unique Identifier.

TTSD-1935 Tools and components

Previously, the Tekla Structures extension manager was not always opened correctly when opening downloaded .tsep files. Instead, there was an error message about a missing TsepFileDispatcher version.

This happened if a Tekla Structures version had been removed but registry entries for it still existed. This has now been corrected.

TSAC-202 Tools and components

Inch mark is now supported correctly in the custom component editortool that is used for modifying component that is created by a custom component, and for creating dependencies between component objects and other model objects

. Previously, when adding labels, for example, an inch mark 36'-0", an error would occur when the .inp file was loaded the next time.

TSAC-932 Tools and components

In Radial array tool, angle values with decimals are now supported in regional settings.

123238 Tools and components

The Applications & components cataloguser interface for displaying or modifying information in categorized lists

For example, profile catalog and shape catalog are catalogs.

can now read published group files (*.ac.xml) from the \model\attributes folder.

TTSD-19715 Tools and components

Previously, closing Tekla Structures after model loading failed could cause Tekla Structures to crash. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-3986, 130650 Tools and components

In a rare case, executing a custom componentcomponent that the user creates and uses for creating model objects whose composition the user can modify as a group

caused the attached part to appear in a view which was limited not to show that part. This is now prevented.

TSAC-1262 Tools and components

Copying and modifying the number of objects copied with an array tool by using another array tool does not make Tekla Structures to crash anymore.

TTSD-3544, 130319 Tools and components

Previously, when you changed the custom componentcomponent that the user creates and uses for creating model objects whose composition the user can modify as a group

surface thickness in custom component properties, the change was not shown in the surface objectmodel object that is created on the face of a part or a pour object

Surface can be used to calculate surface areas, such as formwork areas.

in the model viewview that is represented in the modeling mode

Model view is available also in the drawing mode and it is represented in its own window.

. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-9657, TTSD-12925 Tools and components

Excel design now works for custom components and when the calculation macrosaved series of actions that includes instructions for a program

Macros are located in the applications and components catalog. They are recorded or created manually and stored as .cs file in a folder defined with the advanced option XS_MACRO_DIRECTORY.

Macros can, for example, be used for creating drawings or reports.

Macros are sometimes used to run an application.

is used.

TTSD-12615 Tools and components

Custom inquiry now shows negative values.

TSAC-1444 Tools and components

Metsec Eaves Beam stiffeners no longer create fatal errors in the file transfer due to incorrect length check.

TTSD-6832 Tools and components

Loading plug-ins at Tekla Structures start-up is now faster. This is noticeable especially when there are a lot of extensions installed.

TTSD-3285 Tools and components

Sometimes moving or copying a plug-in component caused the component to connect to the wrong part. This has now been fixed.

TSAC-1339 Tools and components

G600 versions of Metsec rolled profiles have been added to the profile database. These can be used in place of standard finish profiles. The file transfer has a finish option that can be used as an additional flag for Metsec to supply members with this finish.

TTSD-12382 Tools and components

Previously, the Applications & components cataloguser interface for displaying or modifying information in categorized lists

For example, profile catalog and shape catalog are catalogs.

could crash when opening the Access advanced features menu  if a directory in XS_FIRM or XS_PROJECT did not exist. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-9676 Tools and components

Clash check of DGN objects against native Tekla Structures objects has been improved.

TTSD-12860 Tools and components

The contextual toolbarfloating toolbar that contains commands for modifying the most common object properties

The user can customize the contextual toolbar.

The term mini toolbar is used in Tekla Structures until version 21.1.

profiles are now fetched from external environment firm folders along with the users' local profile folder. These external profiles can be loaded in, but any changes will still be saved in the users' local folder as new profiles.

127142 Tools and components

Extensions (.tsep) are now installed when you restart Tekla Structures. Previously, some extensions were not installed but instead these extensions remained in the installation queue and the installer tried to install them each time you restarted Tekla Structures.

TTSD-2759, 129723 Tools and components

Right-clicking the component properties in the Custom componentcomponent that the user creates and uses for creating model objects whose composition the user can modify as a group

browser
now opens the context menu.

128525 Tools and components

Previously, there was an error when you selected a component in the Select component dialog box after you had closed the dialog box of the parent component.

TTSD-23434 Tools and components

In Tekla Model Sharingcloud service for collaboration and for storing and sharing a model

Tekla Model Sharing is one of the Tekla online services.

models, using Organizer or some other .NET tools could previously cause errors at write out when using the Project viewer role. This has now been fixed.

127039 Tools and components

You can now provide a default thumbnail image file for applicationpart of Tekla Structures functionality that is developed in order to extend the capability of Tekla Structures but that is not included in the Tekla Structures installation

(*.exe) based items in the Applications & components cataloguser interface for displaying or modifying information in categorized lists

For example, profile catalog and shape catalog are catalogs.

.

The thumbnail image name is one of the following where BMP is looked for first:

  • <FileName>_exe.bmp
  • <FileName>_exe.png, for example, Notepad_exe.png

The image file can be located in the same folder where the exe file is located, or in the standard Tekla Structures bitmaps folder.

If no thumbnail image file is found, then the first image resource compiled into the exe file is used, if one exists.

127578 Tools and components

In the Applications & components cataloguser interface for displaying or modifying information in categorized lists

For example, profile catalog and shape catalog are catalogs.

, the Select component dialog box now shows group descriptions. Previously, the descriptions of groups were empty.

127754 Tools and components

In Layout managertool that is used to import and export layout data between Tekla Structures and field layout devices

Layout manager enables the use of accurate model point and line data on the construction site.

, the 32-bit related options have been removed from the Export and Import commands.

TTSD-3649 Tools and components

Previously, Tekla Structures stopped working when saving a copy of a macrosaved series of actions that includes instructions for a program

Macros are located in the applications and components catalog. They are recorded or created manually and stored as .cs file in a folder defined with the advanced option XS_MACRO_DIRECTORY.

Macros can, for example, be used for creating drawings or reports.

Macros are sometimes used to run an application.

to a default group, such as Ungrouped items or Applications. This has now been fixed.

131978 Tools and components

Previously, the Applications & components cataloguser interface for displaying or modifying information in categorized lists

For example, profile catalog and shape catalog are catalogs.

could crash when accessing the advanced features , if the configuration file paths contained a drive letter with no subdirectories. This has now been fixed.

TSAC-694 Tools and components

Array tools now have a new parameter to skip copying the UDAs if not needed.

125257 Tools and components

In the Applications & components cataloguser interface for displaying or modifying information in categorized lists

For example, profile catalog and shape catalog are catalogs.

, you can now use .png files for the default thumbnail image of macros (.cs). Note that if there is a .bmp file, the catalog uses that file instead of the .png file.

TTSD-4165 Tools and components

Importing a large number of custom components from folders pointed by XS_UEL_IMPORT_FOLDER was very slow at model creation. This has now been improved.

TTSD-2771, 129742 Tools and components

Editing a part cutcut that is defined by a cutting part

's profile did not update the part cuts with that profile. This has now been fixed.

126950 Numbering

Sometimes, the numberingprocess of assigning position numbers to parts, cast units, assemblies, or reinforcement

In Tekla Structures, the position numbers assigned in the numbering are shown in marks and templates, for example.

status, whether up-to-date or not, was not correctly preserved when saving a shared modelmodel used for collaboration over the Tekla Model Sharing service

With a shared model, each user works with their own model and the changes are shared through Tekla Model Sharing. A shared model requires the use of a single-user model. The same model cannot be a shared model and a multi-user model.

with Save as. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-13343 Numbering

Previously, the start numbers of already numbered standard parts sometimes changed during subsequent numberingprocess of assigning position numbers to parts, cast units, assemblies, or reinforcement

In Tekla Structures, the position numbers assigned in the numbering are shown in marks and templates, for example.

. When numbering by using the Number series of selected objects command, the start numbers of other series not yet being numbered also changed. These have now been fixed.

TTSD-12296 Numbering

Starting from Tekla Structures 21.0, the Compare: Welds option in the Numberingprocess of assigning position numbers to parts, cast units, assemblies, or reinforcement

In Tekla Structures, the position numbers assigned in the numbering are shown in marks and templates, for example.

Setup
dialog box was causing uncertain numbering results. This option now works as expected.

TTSD-6952 Numbering

The message about successfully cleared part and assembly numbers is now shown as in Tekla Structures version 21.1.

TTSD-7293, 132234 Numbering

There is now a new advanced option, XS_IGNORE_CROSSBAR_LOCATION_IN_REBAR_MESHreinforcement that represents a mesh of steel bars in two perpendicular directions

In Tekla Structures, the reinforcement mesh bars in one direction are called main bars and reinforcement mesh bars perpendicular to them are called crossing bars.

_NUMBERINGprocess of assigning position numbers to parts, cast units, assemblies, or reinforcement

In Tekla Structures, the position numbers assigned in the numbering are shown in marks and templates, for example.

, for ignoring crossbar location when numbering rebar meshes.

TTSD-6961 Numbering

Rebars now remain in the model after clearing assembly numberingprocess of assigning position numbers to parts, cast units, assemblies, or reinforcement

In Tekla Structures, the position numbers assigned in the numbering are shown in marks and templates, for example.

.

TTSD-14900 Numbering

Previously, starting from Tekla Structures 21.1, the number of an unmodified part might change if another part became exactly the same in terms of numberingprocess of assigning position numbers to parts, cast units, assemblies, or reinforcement

In Tekla Structures, the position numbers assigned in the numbering are shown in marks and templates, for example.

. In numbering, the unmodified part received the same number as the modified part.
Now, if both the modified part and the unmodified part have or do not have drawings, the unmodified part will keep its number. If one of the part has a drawing and the other one does not, the number of the part that has a drawing will stay the same, and the number of the part that does not have a drawing will change.

TTSD-20007 Numbering

When you use standard-part models in numberingprocess of assigning position numbers to parts, cast units, assemblies, or reinforcement

In Tekla Structures, the position numbers assigned in the numbering are shown in marks and templates, for example.

, the standard parts now get the start numberfirst number of a numbering series

of the oldest standard partsteel part that current model parts are compared with in the numbering process in order to give them specific part prefixes

in the actual project model, instead of a random number.
The start number cannot be used to divide identical standard parts in groups, as the parts all get the same part positionposition number that is assigned to a part

, prefix, and start number.

TTSD-1623 User interface

Some customized components or macros may be missing from the Ribbon after migrating due to major changes in the Ribbon customization methods. Users need to re-add them manually.

TTSD-3228 User interface

In Floor layout and Wallplate that represents a structure such as a wall or roof panel

In Tekla Structures, a panel is created by picking two or more points.

In cast-in-place concrete the term wall refers to a concept similar to panel.

layout
, you can now again use the Delete key to delete break lines and openings.

TTSD-13385 User interface

When you have added a custom componentcomponent that the user creates and uses for creating model objects whose composition the user can modify as a group

command button to the ribbon, holding down Shift and clicking the command button now opens the custom component dialog box.

TTSD-12255, TTSD-16917, SOLD-721 User interface

Staying signed in to Tekla Structures now works correctly. Previously, when logging in to Tekla Structures, in some cases the option to stay signed in did not work correctly or it was not available at all. 

TTSD-7990 User interface

Previously, when you selected a command in the Keyboard shortcuts dialog box and used the keyboard down arrow to go to the last command in the displayed list, Tekla Structures crashed. This has now been fixed.

124443 User interface

The GUID of the assembly is now used instead of the assembly ID when creating a 3D viewview that displays objects three-dimensionally

3D view is one of the default views.

of an assembly.

TTSD-18352 User interface

Previously, the area selectionmethod of selecting objects that are included in a certain rectangular area of a model

In addition to the selected area, selection switches and selection filters control which object types are selected.

cursor did not work correctly with the latest NVIDIA drivers in OpenGL views. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-1942 User interface

The Custom Inquiry tool now properly loads the attributes from the Tekla Structures attributes folder hierarchy. Previously, it was always using the default attributes.

TTSD-20918 User interface

Previously, saving the model with Save as could cause Tekla Structures to crash and restart instead of exiting. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-5583 User interface

Setting the visibility of parts in the pour viewview that displays cast-in-place concrete parts merged into pour objects

The cast-in-place concrete parts are merged into one pour object if they have the same material grade and if they touch each other.

now works correctly when using the contextual toolbarfloating toolbar that contains commands for modifying the most common object properties

The user can customize the contextual toolbar.

The term mini toolbar is used in Tekla Structures until version 21.1.

. Previously, pour objects were still visible even if you selected not to show parts.

SOLD-415 User interface

A new version of the Support tool is now introduced for reporting issues with Tekla Structures. The new Support tool uses Trimble Identityuser account to Tekla online services and other Trimble services

For a Tekla Structures user, Trimble Identity is a single sign-on account which enables the user’s online identity management. The organization that the user’s Trimble Identity belongs to, determines the user’s access rights. Trimble Identity is needed, for example, for Tekla Campus and Tekla Warehouse, and to log in to Tekla User Assistance.

for log in. You can start the tool from the File menu by clicking Help > Contact Tekla support, or by entering Contact Tekla support in Quick Launchtool that is used for quickly finding commands, dialog boxes, and other functions in Tekla Structures

The other functions include local content from Tekla Warehouse, for example.

.

TTSD-9725 User interface

Tekla Structures no longer crashes in certain situations when you select several objects in the model and then right-click on the model viewview that is represented in the modeling mode

Model view is available also in the drawing mode and it is represented in its own window.

.

TTSD-6848, 130601 User interface

Previously, after selecting a bent plate(1) part that is created from contour plates, or beams whose profile is a plate

(1) Bent plates can be conical or cylindrical.

Curved beams, spiral beams, or deformed parts cannot be used for creating a bent plate.

(2) component object that represents an angle that is bent from a plate and that connects parts

, the Create drawings > Single-part drawingdrawing that shows fabrication information for one part and that is generally used at the workshop

command on the ribbon sometimes became inactive. This has now been fixed.

TTSD-7981 User interface

The Quick Launchtool that is used for quickly finding commands, dialog boxes, and other functions in Tekla Structures

The other functions include local content from Tekla Warehouse, for example.

search for toolbars now only shows the toolbar commands that you can run from Quick Launch.

TTSD-7678 User interface

Japanese language font is now correctly shown in reports.

TTSD-5981 User interface

When handles are visible, you can now snap to them, even when they are within an opaque object.

130713, TTSD-5356 User interface

If you had the Select objects in components switch active, and you tried to hide single reference modelmodel which the designer can use as an aid when building another model

A reference model is created in Tekla Structures or in other software and can be inserted to Tekla Structures. The reference model appears together with the model but it is not modified by Tekla Structures. The user can snap to reference model points.

For example, an architectural model, a plant design model, or a heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning (HVAC) model can be a reference model.

objects by using the keyboard shortcut for Hide (Shift+H), the whole reference model was hidden. This has now been fixed.

TSAC-224, 131766 Import, export, interoperability (steel)

In NC, the attribute file was not loaded correctly when encoding line was present. This has now been fixed.

TSAC-1476 Import, export, interoperability (steel)

Sometimes, some bolt holes were missing from the NC data. This has now been fixed.

TSAC-2304 Import, export, interoperability (concrete)

Export Unitechnik (79): Line attributes export has been improved for double wallplate that represents a structure such as a wall or roof panel

In Tekla Structures, a panel is created by picking two or more points.

In cast-in-place concrete the term wall refers to a concept similar to panel.

2nd shell.

TSAC-2153 Import, export, interoperability (concrete)

Export Unitechnik (79): Rebar or meshreinforcement that represents a mesh of steel bars in two perpendicular directions

In Tekla Structures, the reinforcement mesh bars in one direction are called main bars and reinforcement mesh bars perpendicular to them are called crossing bars.

wire using the terminal hook flection form will now have their geometrical data series systematically rounded in borderline cases.

TSAC-2142 Import, export, interoperability (concrete)

Export Unitechnik (79): The width of embeds created as B-rep items is now exported correctly.

TSAC-1728 Import, export, interoperability (concrete)

Export Unitechnik (79): You can use the new surface objectmodel object that is created on the face of a part or a pour object

Surface can be used to calculate surface areas, such as formwork areas.

user-defined attributeobject property created by the user in order to widen the range of predefined object properties

User-defined attributes are used when the predefined object properties are not sufficient but more properties are needed. For example, comment, locked, and erection status are user-defined attributes.

Use surface as pallet base to orient the object without changing the top-in-form face or the rotation in export settings.

TSAC-1228 Import, export, interoperability (concrete)

Export Unitechnik (79): The export now automatically recognizes and exports the gapany space between two objects

The term gap is used in its general sense in Tekla Structures.

width value between sandwich panel shells.

TSAC-2450 Import, export, interoperability (concrete)

BVBS Export: The user-defined bending roll diameter can now be controlled with the BVBS_BENDING_ROLL UDAobject property created by the user in order to widen the range of predefined object properties

User-defined attributes are used when the predefined object properties are not sufficient but more properties are needed. For example, comment, locked, and erection status are user-defined attributes.

.

TSAC-2017 Import, export, interoperability (concrete)

Export Unitechnik (79): You can now use <VALUE> to inquire a part UDAobject property created by the user in order to widen the range of predefined object properties

User-defined attributes are used when the predefined object properties are not sufficient but more properties are needed. For example, comment, locked, and erection status are user-defined attributes.

and {VALUE} to inquire an assembly UDA in the Text[Template]#Counter option. This makes it possible to use a shorter string instead of having to use a template property to designate UDAs.

TSAC-2088 Import, export, interoperability (concrete)

Export Unitechnik (79): Double walls are now exported correctly also when there are more than one part specified as the 1st stage (or 2nd stage) in the cast unit.

TSAC-1799 Import, export, interoperability (concrete)

Export Unitechnik (79): Line attributes override functionality is now working correctly for turned double wallplate that represents a structure such as a wall or roof panel

In Tekla Structures, a panel is created by picking two or more points.

In cast-in-place concrete the term wall refers to a concept similar to panel.

shells.

TSAC-1784 Import, export, interoperability (concrete)

Export Unitechnik (79): Braced girders are now placed into the 1st double wallplate that represents a structure such as a wall or roof panel

In Tekla Structures, a panel is created by picking two or more points.

In cast-in-place concrete the term wall refers to a concept similar to panel.

shell regardless how they are modeled unless specifically attached to  the 2nd shell.

TSAC-2055 Import, export, interoperability (concrete)

Export EliPlan file (68): The export of length L1 and L2 data has been improved for cut hollow core slabs.

TSAC-1747 Import, export, interoperability (concrete)

Export Unitechnik (79): Braced girders created as steel parts are now exported correctly.

TSAC-2390 Import, export, interoperability (concrete)

Export Unitechnik (79): Production thicknesses of double wallplate that represents a structure such as a wall or roof panel

In Tekla Structures, a panel is created by picking two or more points.

In cast-in-place concrete the term wall refers to a concept similar to panel.

shells are now calculated so that the 1st shell thickness reports sub-assemblyassembly in a nested assembly that is subordinate to a parent assembly

thickness including braced girders, and the 2nd shell reports complete cast unit thickness regardless of the chosen dialog box option.  This is to ensure that the production thickness values comply with the curing chamber slot maximum height.

TSAC-1223 Import, export, interoperability (concrete)

Export EliPlan file (68): It is now possible to export elements with ACNuser-defined attribute of an assembly or a cast unit that identifies the assembly or cast unit main part

A control number does not affect numbering.

Control numbers are running numbers.

as the main identifier. To do this, select 2.00 ACN for the Export version number setting on the Parameters tab.

TSAC-1883 Import, export, interoperability (concrete)

Export EliPlan file (68): You can now export selected cutouts and embeds as lines using the new setting Plot cutout/embedbuilding object that represents an object that is to be cast into a concrete structure and that is used to connect structures or as an aid when constructing a structure

For example, a cast-in socket is an embed that is placed in concrete structures to allow parts to be bolted together on site. In Tekla Structures, embeds are modeled as steel sub-assemblies that are inside a concrete nested assembly.

as lines
on the Plotter data tab. You can specify the cutouts and embeds by name, classpart property that groups parts according to identifiers given by the user

The identifiers of classes are usually numbers. Classes can be used for defining the color of parts in the model, for example. Class does not influence the numbering of model objects.

or material.

TSAC-2200 Import, export, interoperability (concrete)

Export Unitechnik (79): You can now use all combinations of texts, templates and counter symbols with the option Text[Template]#Counter.

TSAC-1238 Import, export, interoperability (concrete)

HMS export: There is a new setting Generate drain/weep holes on the Options tab for exporting drain holes and weep holes. You can also specify the offset.

TSAC-1977 Import, export, interoperability (concrete)

Export Unitechnik (79): Rebars and meshes are no longer taken into cast unit extrema calculation when they are excluded from export. Thereby, any protruding reinforcement that is excluded no longer creates an offset.

TSAC-1818 Import, export, interoperability (concrete)
Export Unitechnik (79): Electric tubes are now exported correctly when you specify to cut outer assemblies.
TSAC-2059